Back to GetFilings.com



Table of Contents

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002

 

Commission file number 0-18121

 


 

MAF Bancorp, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

36-3664868

(State of incorporation)

 

(IRS Employer identification No.)

 

55th Street & Holmes Avenue, Clarendon Hills, Illinois 60514-1500

Telephone Number (630) 325-7300

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ    No  ¨

 

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  þ    No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.                                         

 

Based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as of June 30, 2002, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $763,356,290.*

 

The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of March 7, 2003: 23,273,236

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 

PART III—Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 30, 2003 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

 

*   Solely for purposes of this calculation, all executive officers and directors of the registrant are considered to be affiliates. Except to the extent shares have been allocated to the plan accounts of directors and executive officers, the affiliate holdings do not include shares held in certain employee benefit plans administered by plan committees that include executive officers.

 



Table of Contents

 

MAF BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

FORM 10-K

 

Index

 

Part I.

 

        

Page


Item 1.

 

Business

  

3

Item 2.

 

Properties

  

39

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

  

39

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

  

39

   

Part II.

    

Item 5.

 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholders Matters

  

40

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

  

41

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

  

43

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

  

62

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  

67

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

  

103

   

Part III.

    

Item 10.

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

  

103

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

  

103

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

  

103

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

  

103

Item 14.

 

Controls and Procedures

  

103

   

Part IV.

    

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statements and Reports on Form 8-K

  

104

Signature Page

  

109

Certifications for Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer

  

111

 

2


Table of Contents

 

Item 1.    Business

 

Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

 

This report, in “Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere, contains, and other periodic reports and press releases of the Company may contain certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is including this statement for purposes of invoking these safe harbor provisions. Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies and expectations of the Company, are generally identifiable by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “plan,” or similar expressions. The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain, and actual results may differ from those predicted. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on operations and could affect management’s outlook or future prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings related to the operation of the acquired banking offices of Fidelity Bancorp or higher than expected costs related to the Fidelity transaction, unanticipated changes in interest rates, or flattening of the yield curve, deteriorating economic conditions which could result in increased delinquencies in MAF’s or Fidelity’s loan portfolio, legislative/regulatory developments, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board, the quality or composition of MAF’s or Fidelity’s loan or investment portfolios, or further deterioration in the value of investment securities, demand for loan products, secondary mortgage market conditions, deposit flows, competition, demand for financial services and residential real estate in MAF’s and Fidelity’s market area, unanticipated slowdowns in real estate lot sales or problems in closing pending real estate contracts, delays in real estate development projects, the possible short-term dilutive effect of other potential acquisitions, if any, and changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

 

Available Information

 

The Company’s internet address is www.mafbancorp.com. The Company makes available through this address, free of charge, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or (15)d of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed, or furnished to, the SEC.

 

General

 

MAF Bancorp, Inc. (“Company”), was incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in 1989. The Company is a registered savings and loan holding company primarily engaged in the retail banking business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mid America Bank, fsb (“Bank”) and, to a lesser extent, in the residential real estate development business through MAF Developments, Inc. (“MAFD”). With $5.91 billion in assets, the Bank is one of the largest community-oriented financial institutions in the Chicago metropolitan area. The Company’s executive offices are located at 55th Street and Holmes Avenue, Clarendon Hills, Illinois 60514-1500. The telephone number is (630) 325-7300.

 

The Company’s primary assets are its investments in the Bank, as well as in MAFD. The Company also maintains a small investment portfolio.

 

The Bank offers various financial services to its customers through a network of branches in suburban and urban communities in the Chicago metropolitan area, including 11 locations on the north and northwest side of the City of Chicago, a strong presence in western Cook County and affluent DuPage County, and increasing penetration of the rapidly-growing collar

 

3


Table of Contents

counties of Will and Kane as well as a presence in the southwest suburbs of Chicago. With the addition of two new branches in 2002, the Bank had 34 retail banking offices at December 31, 2002. The Bank continues to expand its footprint in the greater Chicago Metropolitan area. The Bank currently has plans to open an additional five new banking offices during 2003 with sites now under construction or in development, and expects to add six additional banking locations upon consummation of pending acquisitions anticipated to close during 2003. The Bank is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits, along with other borrowings, to make loans secured by real estate, primarily one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. To a lesser extent, the Bank also makes multi-family mortgage, commercial, residential construction, land acquisition and development as well as consumer loans, primarily home equity loans and lines of credit. In 2001, the Bank formed a commercial business lending unit to target lending and deposit relationships with small to medium-sized businesses in its primary market areas. Additionally, the Bank operates an insurance agency, Mid America Insurance Agency, Inc., which provides general insurance services, a title agency, Centre Point Title Services, Inc., which provides limited title search services for certain loan transactions of the Bank’s loan customers, and Mid America Investment Services, Inc. (“Mid America Investments”), which offers investment services and securities brokerage primarily to Bank customers through its affiliation with INVEST, a registered broker-dealer. In 2001, the Bank formed Mid America, Re Inc., a wholly-owned captive reinsurance company, which will share in a portion of mortgage insurance premiums received by certain mortgage insurance companies on the Bank’s mortgage loan originations in return for assuming some of the risk of loss.

 

In November 2001, the Company purchased Mid Town Bancorp (“Mid Town”), which had four banking offices in Chicago, Illinois, for a total of $69.0 million. The acquisition was funded with $13.8 million in common stock and $55.2 million in cash. As part of the financing of this acquisition, the Company replaced its unsecured bank term loan and revolving line of credit facility with a $55.0 million unsecured bank term loan, and a $40.0 million unsecured line of credit. Mid Town was merged into the Company and its banking subsidiary was merged into the Bank.

 

On December 17, 2002, the Company announced it had reached an agreement to acquire Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. in an all-stock transaction valued at approximately $101 million on the date of announcement. The Company expects to repurchase 850,000 of the shares to be issued in the transaction, representing approximately 3.3% of its projected outstanding shares after the merger. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to close in mid-2003 and be neutral to earnings per share for 2003 and approximately 1-2% accretive to earnings per share in 2004, in each case assuming completion of the stock repurchases. At December 31, 2002, Fidelity had assets of $730 million, deposits of $463 million and five branch offices in the Chicago area. The merger transaction provides for Fidelity to be merged into the Company and its banking subsidiary to be merged into the Bank.

 

On February 17, 2003, the Company announced that the Bank had entered into an agreement to purchase a branch of UmbrellaBank, fsb in Chicago, IL. The transaction involves the purchase of approximately $7 million in deposits. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to close in March or April 2003.

 

For financial information regarding the Company’s two separate lines of business (banking and land development), see “Note 19. Segment Information” to the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

As a federally chartered savings bank, the Bank’s deposits are insured up to the applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Chicago, which is one of the twelve regional banks for federally insured savings institutions comprising the FHLB system. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), as its chartering authority and primary federal regulator, and by the FDIC, which insures its deposits up to applicable limits. Such regulation and supervision

 

4


Table of Contents

establish a comprehensive framework of activities in which the Bank can engage and is designed primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities. Any change in such regulation, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or Congress, could have a material impact on the Bank and its operations. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Savings Institution Regulation” for more information. The Bank is further regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as to reserves required to be maintained against deposits and certain other matters.

 

Competition

 

The Bank is faced with increasing competition in attracting retail customer business, including deposit accounts and loan originations. Several large financial institutions have recently announced aggressive de novo branching plans that if completed will heighten the competitive pressures in the Chicago market. Competition for deposit accounts comes primarily from other savings institutions, commercial banks, money market mutual funds, and insurance companies (primarily in the form of annuity products). Factors affecting the attraction of customers include interest rates offered, pricing of fees and services, convenience of branch locations, access to ATMs, ability to access services through multiple distribution channels and office hours. Competition for loan products comes primarily from mortgage brokers, other savings institutions, commercial banks and mortgage banking companies. Competitive factors for loans include interest rates, terms, fees, and customer service.

 

Lending Activities

 

General.    The Bank’s lending activities reflect its focus as a retail banking institution servicing its local market area by concentrating on residential mortgage lending. The Bank is one of the largest originators of residential mortgages in its market area. The Bank had record residential loan originations in 2002, due to continued expansion into new lending markets, as well as a large volume of refinancings in response to historically low interest rates. The Bank’s residential originations are generally conducted through its branch retail network using primarily commissioned loan officers. The Bank has traditionally held its originations of adjustable-rate or shorter-term fixed-rate mortgage loans for its portfolio and sold a portion of its long-term fixed-rate loans directly into the secondary market. The Bank originates long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans in response to customer demand; however, the Bank sells selected conforming and non-conforming long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans and a limited amount of ARM loans in the secondary market, primarily to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), and to a lesser extent, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), and the Federal Home Loan Bank Mortgage Partnership Program (“MPF”). The volume of current loan originations sold into the secondary market varies over time based on the Bank’s available cash or borrowing capacity, Bank capital ratios, as well as in response to the Bank’s asset/liability management strategy. Consumer loans, primarily equity lines of credit and short-term fixed-rate home equity loans, have been emphasized for portfolio purposes over the past three years. This strategy has enabled the Bank to enhance the yields of its portfolio, shorten the duration of the Bank’s loan portfolio, and increase the interest-sensitivity of its loan portfolio, as these loans are generally based on the prime rate of interest plus or minus a stated margin. The Bank also originates multi-family loans, and to a lesser extent, commercial, residential construction and land acquisition and development loans. In 2001, the Bank expanded into commercial business lending, hiring a group of seasoned lenders from a commercial bank to pursue loans and deposits from small to medium-sized businesses in the Bank’s primary market area. Through the acquisition of Mid Town, the Bank acquired $8.9 million in commercial business loans, as well as $73.6 million in commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s total loan portfolio was $4.5 billion, representing over 76% of the total assets of the Company.

 

5


Table of Contents

 

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages at the dates indicated:

 

    

December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

Amount


    

Percent of Total


    

Amount


    

Percent of Total


    

Amount


    

Percent of Total


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Real estate loans:

                                               

One- to four-family:

                                               

Held for investment

  

$

3,470,937

 

  

75.81

%

  

$

3,559,466

 

  

79.38

%

  

$

3,807,980

 

  

87.50

%

Held for sale

  

 

167,780

 

  

3.67

 

  

 

161,105

 

  

3.59

 

  

 

41,074

 

  

.94

 

Multi-family

  

 

260,318

 

  

5.69

 

  

 

197,685

 

  

4.41

 

  

 

173,072

 

  

3.98

 

Commercial

  

 

142,493

 

  

3.11

 

  

 

140,128

 

  

3.12

 

  

 

41,223

 

  

.95

 

Construction

  

 

48,179

 

  

1.05

 

  

 

43,756

 

  

.98

 

  

 

29,566

 

  

.67

 

Land

  

 

42,530

 

  

.93

 

  

 

44,494

 

  

.99

 

  

 

40,497

 

  

.93

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Total real estate loans

  

 

4,132,237

 

  

90.26

 

  

 

4,146,634

 

  

92.47

 

  

 

4,133,412

 

  

94.97

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Consumer loans:

                                               

Equity lines of credit

  

 

387,025

 

  

8.45

 

  

 

258,884

 

  

5.77

 

  

 

146,020

 

  

3.36

 

Home equity loans

  

 

32,120

 

  

.70

 

  

 

52,216

 

  

1.16

 

  

 

64,465

 

  

1.48

 

Other

  

 

6,255

 

  

.14

 

  

 

7,975

 

  

.18

 

  

 

4,783

 

  

.11

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Total consumer loans

  

 

425,400

 

  

9.29

 

  

 

319,075

 

  

7.11

 

  

 

215,268

 

  

4.95

 

Commercial business loans

  

 

20,592

 

  

.45

 

  

 

18,596

 

  

.42

 

  

 

3,528

 

  

.08

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Total loans receivable

  

 

4,578,229

 

  

100.00

%

  

 

4,484,305

 

  

100.00

%

  

 

4,352,208

 

  

100.00

%

             

           

           

Less:

                                               

Loans in process

  

 

30,689

 

         

 

21,678

 

         

 

12,912

 

      

Unearned discounts, premiums and deferred loan fees, net

  

 

(2,875

)

         

 

(4,555

)

         

 

(7,076

)

      

Allowance for loan losses

  

 

19,483

 

         

 

19,607

 

         

 

18,258

 

      
    


         


         


      

Loans receivable, net

  

$

4,530,932

 

         

$

4,447,575

 

         

$

4,328,114

 

      
    


         


         


      

 

    

December 31,


 
    

1999


    

1998


 
    

Amount


    

Percent of Total


    

Amount


    

Percent of Total


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Real estate loans:

                               

One- to four-family:

                               

Held for investment

  

$

3,479,425

 

  

89.05

%

  

$

2,877,482

 

  

86.07

%

Held for sale

  

 

12,601

 

  

.32

 

  

 

89,406

 

  

2.67

 

Multi-family

  

 

164,878

 

  

4.22

 

  

 

137,254

 

  

4.11

 

Commercial

  

 

38,817

 

  

.99

 

  

 

43,069

 

  

1.29

 

Construction

  

 

27,707

 

  

.71

 

  

 

28,429

 

  

0.85

 

Land

  

 

28,602

 

  

.73

 

  

 

24,765

 

  

0.74

 

    


  

  


  

Total real estate loans

  

 

3,752,030

 

  

96.02

 

  

 

3,200,405

 

  

95.73

 

    


  

  


  

Consumer loans:

                               

Equity lines of credit

  

 

99,099

 

  

2.54

 

  

 

91,915

 

  

2.75

 

Home equity loans

  

 

48,397

 

  

1.24

 

  

 

42,398

 

  

1.27

 

Other

  

 

4,757

 

  

.12

 

  

 

6,015

 

  

0.18

 

    


  

  


  

Total consumer loans

  

 

152,253

 

  

3.90

 

  

 

140,328

 

  

4.20

 

Commercial business loans

  

 

3,132

 

  

.08

 

  

 

2,356

 

  

0.07

 

    


  

  


  

Total loans receivable

  

 

3,907,415

 

  

100.00

%

  

 

3,343,089

 

  

100.00

%

             

           

Less:

                               

Loans in process

  

 

11,893

 

         

 

10,698

 

      

Unearned discounts, premiums and deferred loan fees, net

  

 

(6,323

)

         

 

(3,455

)

      

Allowance for loan losses

  

 

17,276

 

         

 

16,770

 

      
    


         


      

Loans receivable, net

  

$

3,884,569

 

         

$

3,319,076

 

      
    


         


      

 

6


Table of Contents

The following table shows the composition of the Bank’s fixed- and adjustable-rate loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.

 

    

December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

Amount


    

Percent


    

Amount


    

Percent


    

Amount


    

Percent


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Adjustable-rate loans:

                                               

Real estate:

                                               

One- to four-family

  

$

1,993,337

 

  

43.54

%

  

$

1,613,251

 

  

35.98

%

  

$

1,950,183

 

  

44.81

%

One- to four-family held for sale

  

 

40,162

 

  

.87

 

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

Multi-family

  

 

160,543

 

  

3.51

 

  

 

111,311

 

  

2.48

 

  

 

111,660

 

  

2.57

 

Commercial

  

 

62,990

 

  

1.38

 

  

 

60,180

 

  

1.34

 

  

 

22,175

 

  

.51

 

Construction

  

 

31,796

 

  

.69

 

  

 

30,524

 

  

.68

 

  

 

15,456

 

  

.35

 

Land

  

 

40,028

 

  

.87

 

  

 

36,484

 

  

.81

 

  

 

24,997

 

  

.57

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Total adjustable-rate real estate loans

  

 

2,328,856

 

  

50.86

 

  

 

1,851,750

 

  

41.29

 

  

 

2,124,471

 

  

48.81

 

Consumer

  

 

389,099

 

  

8.50

 

  

 

234,642

 

  

5.23

 

  

 

148,005

 

  

3.40

 

Commercial business

  

 

16,160

 

  

.36

 

  

 

16,266

 

  

.36

 

  

 

3,434

 

  

.08

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Total adjustable-rate loans receivable

  

 

2,734,115

 

  

59.72

 

  

 

2,102,658

 

  

46.88

 

  

 

2,275,910

 

  

52.29

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Fixed-rate loans:

                                               

Real estate:

                                               

One- to four-family

  

 

1,477,600

 

  

32.27

 

  

 

1,946,215

 

  

43.40

 

  

 

1,857,797

 

  

42.69

 

One- to four-family held for sale

  

 

127,618

 

  

2.79

 

  

 

161,105

 

  

3.59

 

  

 

41,074

 

  

.94

 

Multi-family

  

 

99,775

 

  

2.18

 

  

 

86,374

 

  

1.93

 

  

 

61,412

 

  

1.41

 

Commercial

  

 

79,503

 

  

1.74

 

  

 

79,428

 

  

1.77

 

  

 

19,048

 

  

.44

 

Construction

  

 

16,383

 

  

.36

 

  

 

13,232

 

  

.30

 

  

 

14,110

 

  

.32

 

Land

  

 

2,502

 

  

.05

 

  

 

8,010

 

  

.18

 

  

 

15,500

 

  

.36

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Total fixed-rate real estate loans

  

 

1,803,381

 

  

39.39

 

  

 

2,294,364

 

  

51.17

 

  

 

2,008,941

 

  

46.16

 

Consumer

  

 

36,301

 

  

.79

 

  

 

84,433

 

  

1.88

 

  

 

67,263

 

  

1.55

 

Commercial business

  

 

4,432

 

  

.10

 

  

 

2,850

 

  

.07

 

  

 

94

 

  

—  

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Total fixed-rate loans receivable

  

 

1,844,114

 

  

40.28

 

  

 

2,381,647

 

  

53.12

 

  

 

2,076,298

 

  

47.71

 

    


  

  


  

  


  

Total loans receivable

  

 

4,578,229

 

  

100.00

%

  

 

4,484,305

 

  

100.00

%

  

 

4,352,208

 

  

100.00

%

             

           

           

Less:

                                               

Loans in process

  

 

30,689

 

         

 

21,678

 

         

 

12,912

 

      

Unearned discounts, premiums and deferred loan expenses, net

  

 

(2,875

)

         

 

(4,555

)

         

 

(7,076

)

      

Allowance for loan losses

  

 

19,483

 

         

 

19,607

 

         

 

18,258

 

      
    


         


         


      

Loans receivable, net

  

$

4,530,932

 

         

$

4,447,575

 

         

$

4,328,114

 

      
    


         


         


      

 

7


Table of Contents

Loan Maturity.    The following table shows the contractual final maturity of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2002. The loan amounts do not reflect the timing of scheduled monthly principal repayment amounts. Principal repayments and prepayments on mortgage loans totaled $2.22 billion, $1.88 billion, and $704.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Based on these amounts, management believes the information in the following table is not indicative of what the actual repayments on these loans will be.

 

    

At December 31, 2002


 
    

Real Estate Mortgage Loans


                
    

One - to

Four-

Family


  

Multi-

Family


  

Comm-

ercial


  

Con-

struction


  

Land


  

Consumer


  

Comm-

ercial

Business


  

Total


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount due:

                                             

One year or less

  

$

8,343

  

3,071

  

10,105

  

30,857

  

4,963

  

9,597

  

374

  

 

67,310

 

    

  
  
  
  
  
  
  


After one year

                                             

1 year to 5 years

  

 

97,999

  

31,323

  

63,657

  

17,322

  

28,804

  

53,020

  

14,711

  

 

306,836

 

Over 5 years

  

 

3,364,595

  

225,924

  

68,731

  

—  

  

8,763

  

362,783

  

5,507

  

 

4,036,303

 

    

  
  
  
  
  
  
  


Total after 1 year

  

 

3,462,594

  

257,247

  

132,388

  

17,322

  

37,567

  

415,803

  

20,218

  

 

4,343,139

 

    

  
  
  
  
  
  
  


Total amount due

  

$

3,470,937

  

260,318

  

142,493

  

48,179

  

42,530

  

425,400

  

20,592

  

 

4,410,449

 

    

  
  
  
  
  
  
        

Less:

                                             

Loans in process

                                       

 

(30,689

)

Deferred cost adjustments

                                       

 

2,875

 

Allowance for loan losses

                                       

 

(19,483

)

                                         


Total loans receivable, net

                                       

 

4,363,152

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

                                       

 

167,780

 

                                         


Total loans, net

                                       

$

4,530,932

 

                                         


 

The following table sets forth at December 31, 2002 the dollar amount of loans receivable held for investment due after one year, and whether such loans have fixed or adjustable interest rates.

 

    

Due after one year


    

Fixed


  

Adjustable


  

Total


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Real estate loans:

                

One - to four-family

  

$

1,468,895

  

1,993,699

  

3,462,594

Multi-family

  

 

97,637

  

159,610

  

257,247

Commercial

  

 

74,082

  

58,306

  

132,388

Construction

  

 

—  

  

17,322

  

17,322

Land

  

 

1,399

  

36,168

  

37,567

Consumer

  

 

33,533

  

382,270

  

415,803

Commercial business

  

 

4,432

  

15,786

  

20,218

    

  
  

Total loans receivable

  

$

1,679,978

  

2,663,161

  

4,343,139

    

  
  

 

Residential Lending.    The Bank offers fixed-rate mortgage loans with terms to maturity of 10, 15, 20 and 30 years and fixed-rate balloon loans that mature after seven years. The Bank’s fixed-rate loan products generally offer a monthly repayment option and some loans carry a prepayment penalty for the first five years of the loan. Interest rates charged on fixed-rate loans are competitively priced on a daily basis based on secondary market prices and market conditions. The Bank also offers a variety of adjustable-rate mortgage loans. The Bank generally originates its fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in a form consistent with secondary market standards.

 

The Bank offers a mortgage loan modification program that allows the borrower to receive a reduced interest rate, change in term, or a change in loan program, in lieu of refinancing the original loan. The borrower is charged a fee that varies based upon the modifications made, including an appraisal fee when the Bank requires a reappraisal of the collateral. The program

 

-8-


Table of Contents

has been advantageous to the Bank during heavy refinancing periods, by enabling the Bank to meet customer demand for loan refinancings, limiting the disruption to its loan operations for loan customers who are borrowing for home purchases, as well as reducing the costs associated with refinance activity of existing borrowers.

 

The Bank’s residential mortgage loans customarily include due-on-sale clauses giving the Bank the right to declare the loan immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The Bank has enforced due-on-sale clauses in its mortgage contracts for the purpose of increasing its loan portfolio yield, often through the authorization of assumptions of existing loans at higher rates of interest and the imposition of assumption fees. ARM loans may be assumed provided homebuyers meet the Bank’s underwriting standards and the applicable fees are paid.

 

Loan applications are reviewed in accordance with the underwriting standards approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors and which generally conform to FNMA standards. Loans in excess of $3.0 million must be approved by the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors. In underwriting residential real estate loans, the Bank evaluates both the borrower’s ability to make monthly payments and the value of the property securing the loan. Potential borrowers are qualified for ARM loans and fixed-rate loans based on the initial or stated rate of the loan, except for one-year ARM loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 70% and a term greater than 15 years, in which case the borrower is qualified at 2% above the initial note rate. Despite the benefits of ARM loans to the Bank’s asset/liability management program, they do pose potential additional risks, primarily because as interest rates rise, the underlying payment requirements of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the potential risk of default.

 

Upon receipt of a completed loan application from a prospective borrower, credit reports are ordered and income, employment and financial information is verified in accordance with underwriting standards. An appraisal of the real estate intended to secure the proposed loan is undertaken by a Bank appraiser or an independent appraiser previously approved by the Bank. It is the Bank’s policy to obtain title insurance on all mortgage loans. Borrowers also must obtain hazard (including fire) insurance prior to closing. The Bank requires flood insurance on a property located in special flood hazard areas. Borrowers are generally required to advance funds on a monthly basis together with each payment of principal and interest through a mortgage escrow account from which the Bank makes disbursements for items such as real estate taxes and hazard insurance premiums as they become due.

 

The Bank has adopted a policy of generally limiting the loan-to-value ratio on originated first mortgage loans and refinanced loans to 97% and requiring that loans exceeding 80% of the appraised value of the property or its purchase price, whichever is less, generally be insured by a mortgage insurance company approved by FNMA in an amount sufficient to reduce the Bank’s exposure to no greater than the 75% level. However, the Bank has also started offering loans up to 100% loan-to-value under an affordable access program. In many instances under this program, loans up to 100% of the purchase price are available for borrowers, particularly those who live in historically underserved communities. At December 31, 2002, the Bank has $122.7 million, or 3.4% of one- to four-family mortgage loans that have a loan-to-value ratio of greater than 80% without mortgage insurance. Included in that amount are $63.8 million of loans with greater than 90% loan-to-value ratios. The Bank self-insures certain loans with greater credit quality and loan-to-value ratios between 80% and 90%, by charging a slightly higher interest rate. In 2001, the Bank formed a captive reinsurance subsidiary to accept a second-tier layer of risk on mortgage loans with mortgage insurance, in exchange for a portion of the mortgage insurance premiums paid by the customer to certain mortgage insurance companies. See “Subsidiary Activities—Mid America Re, Inc.” for more information.

 

As part of its community lending effort, the Bank participates in or actively supports many special lending programs designed to promote affordable homeownership and to address the needs of underserved communities in the markets it serves. Under these programs, the Bank offers various innovative and flexible home mortgage products that primarily benefit low-to

 

9


Table of Contents

middle-income borrowers, including high loan-to-value mortgages as discussed above. In February 2003, in anticipation of continued growth of its business, the Bank established an increased community lending goal of $3 billion of mortgage loan originations in its CRA assessment area over the next six years. This goal includes single and multi-family home mortgage loans in low-to-moderate income census tracts, loans in predominantly minority communities, and loans to borrowers whose income is below 80% of median income. This goal was set assuming continued access to financing, mortgage purchase and affordable housing programs through FNMA, FHLMC and MPF, continued access to secondary mortgage market outlets, continued adequacy of other funding sources critical to the Bank’s lending capacity, and favorable housing market and affordable interest rate conditions.

 

Multi-family Lending.    The Bank originates multi-family residential mortgage loans in its market area. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had multi-family loans of $260.3 million, including a portfolio of purchased participating interests of $2.0 million related to low-income housing. Multi-family loans represent 5.7% of total loans receivable at December 31, 2002. ARM loans represented 61.7% of the multi-family residential loan portfolio at December 31, 2002. Multi-family loans are generally offered with initial fixed-rate periods of one, three, five, seven and ten years. Multi-family residential mortgage loans are made for terms to maturity of up to 25 years and carry a loan-to-value ratio not greater than 80%. The Bank requires a positive net operating income to debt service ratio for loans secured by multi-family residential property. Loans secured by properties of five or more units are qualified on the basis of rental income generated by the property.

 

Construction and Land Lending.    The Bank originates loans to finance the construction of one- to four-family residences, primarily in its market area. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had $48.2 million of construction loans of which $42.9 million financed the construction of one- to four-family residences. The Bank also originates loans for the acquisition and development of unimproved property to be used primarily for residential purposes in cases where the Bank is to provide the construction funds to improve the properties. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s construction and land loans totaled $90.7 million, or 2.0%, of total loans receivable.

 

The Bank uses loan underwriting and construction loan guidelines for financing primarily individual, owner-occupied houses where qualified contractors are involved. Construction loans are structured either to be converted to permanent loans at the end of the construction phase or to be paid off upon receiving financing from another financial institution. Construction loans are based on the appraised value of the property, as determined by either an independent appraiser, or an appraiser on staff at the Bank, and an analysis of the potential marketability and profitability of the project. Construction loans generally have terms of up to 12 months, with extensions as needed. Loan proceeds are disbursed in increments as construction progresses and as inspections warrant.

 

Land loans include loans to developers for the development of residential subdivisions in the Bank’s market area. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had land loans to developers totaling $18.3 million. Of this amount, the largest aggregate amount of land acquisition and development loans to a single developer amounted to $17.6 million. In addition to land loans, this borrower had construction loans with the Bank totaling $4.9 million. Loans to developers are generally short-term loans with terms of three to five years. Under Bank policy, the loan-to-value ratio may not exceed 80% and is generally less than 75%. The majority of such loans are floating rate based on the prime rate or LIBOR. Loans generally are made to customers of the Bank and developers with whom the Bank has had long-standing relationships. The Bank requires an independent appraisal of the property and feasibility studies may be required to determine the profit potential of the development project.

 

Land loans are also made to local builders for the purchase of improved lots. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had land loans outstanding to local builders totaling $8.9 million. Such loans are generally for terms of up to three years and are generally granted at rates similar to rates quoted for residential mortgage loans. The loan-to-value ratio on such loans is limited to 75%. Land loans for the purchase of fully improved lots are also made to individuals. At

 

10


Table of Contents

December 31, 2002, the Bank had land loans to individuals totaling $15.3 million. Such loans are made for up to 15-year terms with adjustable or fixed interest rates that are made at the prevailing rates for one- to four-family residential loans.

 

Construction and land development loans afford the Bank the opportunity to increase the interest rate sensitivity of its loan portfolio and to receive yields higher than those obtainable on ARM loans secured by existing residential properties. These higher yields correspond to the higher risks associated with construction lending. Construction and land development loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of the project under construction, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. As a result of the foregoing, construction and land development lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the Bank is forced to foreclose on a project prior to or at completion due to a default, there can be no assurance that the Bank will be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs. In addition, the Bank may be required to fund additional amounts to complete the project and may have to hold the property for an unspecified period of time. The Bank has attempted to address these risks through its underwriting procedures and its limited amount of construction lending on multi-family and commercial real estate properties.

 

Commercial Real Estate Lending.    In connection with the Bank’s policy of maintaining an interest-rate sensitive loan portfolio, the Bank has originated loans secured by commercial real estate, which generally carry a higher yield and are made for a shorter term than fixed-rate one- to four-family residential loans. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had $142.5 million of commercial real estate loans. Historically, the Bank’s policy has been to originate commercial real estate loans on a limited basis. During 2001, the Bank’s commercial real estate portfolio increased by $73.6 million due primarily to the acquisition of Mid Town. The Company may increase its commercial real estate lending in the future in conjunction with its new business banking unit described below.

 

Commercial real estate loans are generally made in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property, as determined by an independent appraiser previously approved by the Bank. Currently, all of the Bank’s commercial real estate loans are secured by improved properties located in the Chicago metropolitan area. The Bank often requires borrowers to provide their personal guarantees on loans made for commercial real estate.

 

Loans secured by commercial real estate properties are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by lending primarily on existing income-producing properties and generally restricting such loans to properties in the Chicago area. The Bank analyzes the financial condition of the borrower and the reliability and predictability of the net income generated by the security property in determining whether to extend credit. In addition, the Bank generally requires a net operating income to debt service ratio of at least 1.15 times. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s ten largest commercial real estate loans totaled $27.4 million, all of which are current and performing in accordance with their original terms.

 

Consumer Lending.    The Bank’s consumer lending is primarily home equity lines of credit and fixed-rate second mortgage loans and to a limited extent, auto loans and unsecured consumer loans. On December 31, 2002, outstanding balances on home equity lines represented $387.0 million or 8.5% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. Home equity lines of credit are generally extended up to 85% of the appraised value of the property, less existing liens, generally at interest rates which range from the designated prime rate minus .50% to

 

11


Table of Contents

plus .50%, based on balances drawn. To a lesser extent, the Bank offers home equity lines of credit at greater than 85% of the appraised value of the property. The interest rate on 85%-100% loan-to-value lines of credit is the designated prime rate plus 1.50% to 3.50%. The Bank uses the same underwriting standards for home equity lines of credit as it uses for residential mortgage loans. Other home equity loans consist of $32.1 million of primarily fixed-rate second mortgage loans that amortize over a three to ten year period.

 

Commercial Business Lending.    In 2001, in an effort to continue to expand the lending services offered by the Bank, the Bank started a commercial business lending unit by hiring a team of seasoned lending professionals from a commercial bank. The focus of the Bank in this area of lending is to provide lending and deposit services to small and medium-sized businesses in the Chicagoland area, some of which already had a deposit relationship with the Bank. Commercial business loans may be secured by business assets or real estate, or in some instances, be unsecured. The Bank obtains personal guarantees in situations where the business assets are not considered to be sufficient collateral. Additionally, the Bank may provide letter of credit services to certain lenders on a case-by-case basis.

 

Commercial business lending carries increased risks compared to other forms of lending the Bank offers. Principal and interest repayment is often dependent on strong and consistent management teams that can change quickly due to the size of the companies targeted by the Bank. In addition, slowing economic conditions could adversely impact these borrowers. As part of the initiation of this unit, a comprehensive credit policy was established and approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank for new commercial business loans. The adherence to this policy is monitored on a weekly basis by a committee of senior management and loan officers that are responsible for the review and approval of new loans up to $3.0 million. A committee consisting of members of the Bank’s Board of Directors approves loans up to $5 million and loans over $5 million must be approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, a loan grading system was established for reviewing and assessing portfolio credit quality for all commercial business loans. A loan review committee of senior management and loan officers of the Bank was also established to periodically monitor credit quality of commercial business loans including loans on the Bank’s “watch list” to determine actions to be taken, including collection, additional collateral, and accrual status. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s portfolio of commercial business loans was $20.6 million.

 

Environmental Issues.    The Bank encounters certain environmental risks in its lending activities. Under federal and state environmental laws, lenders may become liable for the costs of cleaning up hazardous materials found on security property. Although environmental risks are usually associated with industrial and commercial loans, risks may be substantial for residential lenders like the Bank if environmental contamination makes the security property unsuitable for use. This could also have an effect on nearby property values. In accordance with FNMA and FHLMC guidelines, appraisals for single-family residences on which the Bank lends include comments on environmental influences. The Bank attempts to control its risk by training its appraisers and underwriters to be cognizant of signs indicative of environmental hazards. No assurance can be given, however, that the values of properties securing loans in the Bank’s portfolio will not be adversely affected by unforeseen environmental risks, although the Bank is unaware of any material environmental issues which would subject it to liability at this time.

 

Environmental concerns such as asbestos containing material, underground storage tanks and lead based paint can pose a health risk to tenants and negatively impact the collateral value of security property. Generally, the use of these materials has been eliminated since 1978. All relevant factors in order to determine whether an environmental review is needed and, if so, the scope and detail, is considered prior to the origination of commercial and multi-family loans. The relevant factors include, but are not limited to, the following: age of property, use of property, location of property, knowledge of subject area, borrower(s) financial capacity to withstand potential clean-up costs, loan amount and loan-to-value ratio of the proposed loan. For loans in excess of $1.5 million, a satisfactory Phase I environmental exam is frequently required as part of the loan approval process, with further investigation in the form of a Phase II exam taking place as dictated therein.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Originations, Purchases, Sales, Swaps of Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities.    The Bank originates both ARM and fixed-rate loans. Its ability to originate loans is dependent upon the relative customer demand for fixed-rate or ARM loans in the origination and purchase market, which is affected by the term structure (short-term compared to long-term) of interest rates as well as the current and expected future level of interest rates. The Bank sells selected conforming and nonconforming long-term fixed-rate and a limited amount of ARM mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market to manage its interest rate risk exposure. These loan sales also allow the Bank to continue to make loans when deposit flows decline or funds are not otherwise available for lending. Generally, the loans are sold for cash or securitized and sold in the secondary mortgage market to investors such as FNMA, FHLMC, and MPF as well as mortgage bankers, investment banks and other financial institutions. The large majority of these loans are sold without recourse, except those loans sold to MPF, where the Bank maintains a very limited level of risk in exchange for better pricing on the loans sold. At December 31, 2002, the Bank has retained approximately $7.2 million in net credit risk exposure on loans it has sold to MPF.

 

The Bank has also exchanged or swapped loans out of its portfolio for mortgage-backed securities primarily with FNMA and FHLMC that are either sold simultaneously or held as mortgage-backed-securities available for sale. Generally, the mortgage-backed securities are used to collateralize borrowings and deposits or are sold in the secondary market to raise additional funds. Swap activity by the Bank is governed by pricing levels in the secondary mortgage market for whole mortgage loans versus securitized mortgage loans, as well as the level of rates for collateralized borrowings. During the current year, the Bank swapped and sold $58.8 million in loans receivable, compared to $76.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Additionally, in 2002 the Bank swapped $67.6 million of long term fixed-rate prepayment penalty protected loans that are in their final year of prepayment protection into mortgage-backed securities that were owned by the Bank as of December 31, 2002.

 

In 2002, the Bank originated $3.69 billion in loans receivable, compared to $2.83 billion in 2001. During 2002, with the continued decrease in interest rates, fixed-rate mortgage loan originations were $1.63 billion compared to $1.74 billion for the previous year, as customers continued to take advantage of the ability to lock in historically low long-term mortgage rates. During 2002, originations of adjustable rate mortgage loans were $1.61 billion compared to $826.6 million for 2001. Of the fixed-rate originations in 2002, $1.13 billion, or 71.0%, conformed to the requirements for sale to FNMA and FHLMC and $461.1 million, or 29.0%, did not conform to the requirements of these agencies. The Bank’s “nonconforming” loans are generally designated as such because the principal loan balance exceeds $300,700 ($322,700 as of January 1, 2003), which is the FHLMC, FNMA, and MPF purchase limit, and not because the loans present increased risk of default to the Bank. Loans with such excess balances generally carry interest rates from one-eighth to three-eighths of one percent higher than similar, conforming fixed-rate loans. The Bank generally sells its conforming fixed-rate production to FHLMC, FNMA, and MPF and recently began to sell a portion of its non-conforming production to non-government agency investors. Generally, prior to 2001, nonconforming loans were held in the Bank’s loan portfolio. During the current year, the Bank sold $1.31 billion of loans into the secondary market, compared to $1.02 billion in 2001.

 

All of the mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, (“CMOs”) in the Bank’s portfolio are issued by or have collateral backed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, or are backed with whole loan collateral and have an investment grade rating. At December 31, 2002, the amortized cost of mortgage-backed securities totaled $358.3 million, or 6.0% of total assets. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a market value of $365.6 million.

 

13


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Bank’s originations, purchases, sales, swaps and principal repayments of loans receivable for the periods indicated.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Loans originated:

                

Adjustable-rate loans originated:

                

One- to four-family

  

$

1,459,668

  

735,463

  

638,097

Multi-family

  

 

92,405

  

27,736

  

22,005

Commercial real estate

  

 

8,772

  

17,717

  

6,585

Construction

  

 

29,268

  

17,453

  

25,702

Land

  

 

20,529

  

30,272

  

26,195

Commercial business

  

 

47,092

  

7,147

  

118

Consumer

  

 

383,102

  

196,381

  

135,947

    

  
  

Total adjustable-rate loans originated

  

 

2,040,836

  

1,032,169

  

854,649

Fixed-rate loans originated:

                

One- to four-family

  

 

1,588,769

  

1,708,663

  

466,913

Multi-family

  

 

10,258

  

6,230

  

6,014

Commercial real estate

  

 

1,256

  

15,417

  

1,982

Construction

  

 

25,072

  

16,071

  

14,759

Land

  

 

784

  

6,274

  

15,952

Commercial business

  

 

—  

  

790

  

—  

Consumer

  

 

24,195

  

41,980

  

50,393

    

  
  

Total fixed-rate loans originated

  

 

1,650,334

  

1,795,425

  

556,013

    

  
  

Total loans originated

  

 

3,691,170

  

2,827,594

  

1,410,662

Loans purchased:

                

Fixed-rate one- to four-family real estate

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

3,220

Adjustable-rate one- to four-family real estate

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

69,669

Other

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

669

    

  
  

Total loans purchased

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

73,558

    

  
  

Total loans originated and purchased

  

 

3,691,170

  

2,827,594

  

1,484,220

    

  
  

Loans acquired through acquisitions

  

 

—  

  

210,020

  

5,292

    

  
  

Loans sold:

                

One- to four-family

  

 

1,247,858

  

940,952

  

326,375

Consumer loans

  

 

307

  

476

  

596

    

  
  

Total loans sold

  

 

1,248,165

  

941,428

  

326,971

Mortgage loans swapped into mortgage-backed securities

  

 

126,433

  

76,670

  

9,290

Transfer to foreclosed real estate and charge-offs

  

 

4,422

  

2,756

  

4,038

Amortization and prepayments

  

 

2,218,226

  

1,884,663

  

704,420

    

  
  

Total loans sold, swaps, transfers, amortization and prepayments

  

 

3,597,246

  

2,905,517

  

1,044,719

    

  
  

Net increase

  

$

93,924

  

132,097

  

444,793

    

  
  

 

Loan servicing fee income.    Loan servicing fee income is generated from loans that the Bank has originated and sold, and includes fees for the collection and remittance of mortgage payments, insurance policies and real estate taxes. Typically, the Bank receives a servicing fee for performing the aforementioned services equal to at least .25% for fixed-rate mortgages and .25% to .375% for ARM loans on the outstanding principal balance of the sold loan being serviced. Servicing fees are included in income as loan payments are received. Costs of servicing loans for others are charged to expense as incurred. The Bank is required to capitalize mortgage servicing rights upon the sale of loans based on assumptions as to fee income earned, estimated prepayment speeds of

the underlying mortgage loans, and the cost of servicing. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized based on the estimated life of the loan servicing income stream, which is recorded as a decrease to loan servicing fee income. In addition, mortgage servicing rights are periodically assessed for impairment, with any impairment or recovery recognized through a valuation allowance.

 

14


Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the components of loan servicing fee income in dollars and as a percentage of loans serviced for others, as well as other information regarding loans serviced for others for the years indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Gross servicing revenue

  

$

4,742

 

  

3,083

 

  

2,724

 

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

  

 

(7,214

)

  

(3,454

)

  

(1,038

)

Valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights

  

 

(2,300

)

  

(904

)

  

—  

 

    


  

  

Loan servicing fee income (expense), net

  

$

(4,772

)

  

(1,275

)

  

1,686

 

    


  

  

As a percentage of average loans serviced for others:

                      

Gross servicing revenue

  

 

.275

%

  

.291

 

  

.259

 

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

  

 

(.419

)

  

(.326

)

  

(.099

)

Valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights

  

 

(.134

)

  

(.085

)

  

—  

 

    


  

  

Loan servicing fee income (expense), net

  

 

(.278

)%

  

(.120

)

  

.160

 

    


  

  

Loan sales for the year

  

$

1,375,196

 

  

1,019,145

 

  

335,665

 

    


  

  

Average balance of loans serviced for others

  

$

1,722,503

 

  

1,060,194

 

  

1,050,287

 

Loans serviced for others at end of year

  

 

2,021,512

 

  

1,401,607

 

  

785,350

 

Mortgage servicing rights at end of year, net

  

 

12,960

 

  

10,531

 

  

5,107

 

Weighted average interest rate of loans serviced for others

  

 

6.63

%

  

7.10

 

  

7.55

 

    


  

  

 

Sales of Mortgage Servicing Rights.    The Bank has generally maintained the strategy of keeping the servicing on the loans it originates and sells into the secondary market as a means of cross-selling loan customers other Bank products. However, in 2000, the Bank sold mortgage servicing rights relating to approximately $600.0 million in mortgage loans, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $4.4 million, to take advantage of aggressive pricing for servicing rights. While the Bank still intends to grow its loan servicing portfolio, as it did in 2002 and 2001, management will periodically review opportunities to sell servicing rights in the future.

 

Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Collection procedures.    When a borrower fails to make a required payment by the end of the month in which the payment is due, the Bank generally institutes collection procedures. The Bank will send a late notice, and in most cases, delinquencies are cured promptly; however, if a loan has been delinquent for more than 60 days, the Bank’s procedure is to contact the borrower in order to determine the reason for the delinquency and to effect a cure, and, where appropriate, loan personnel will review the condition of the property and the financial circumstances of the borrower. Based upon the results of any such investigation, the Bank may: (1) accept a repayment program for the arrearage from the borrower; (2) seek evidence, in the form of a listing contract, of efforts by the borrower to sell the property if the borrower has stated that he is attempting to sell; (3) request a deed in lieu of foreclosure; or (4) initiate foreclosure proceedings. When a loan payment is delinquent for three or more monthly installments, the Bank will generally initiate foreclosure proceedings. Interest income on loans is reduced by the full amount of accrued and uncollected interest on loans that are in process of foreclosure or otherwise determined to be uncollectible.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

 

Delinquent Loans. At December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, delinquencies in the Bank’s portfolio were as follows:

 

    

61-90 Days


      

91 or More Days (2)


 
    

Number of Loans


  

Principal Balance of Delinquent Loans


  

Percent of Total (1)


      

Number
of Loans


  

Principal Balance of Delinquent Loans


  

Percent of Total (1)


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2002

  

51

  

$

4,577

  

.10

%

    

200

  

$

25,394

  

.58

%

December 31, 2001

  

59

  

 

7,628

  

.18

 

    

160

  

 

19,451

  

.45

 

December 31, 2000

  

43

  

 

3,275

  

.08

 

    

116

  

 

14,975

  

.35

 

    
  

  

    
  

  


(1)   Percentage represents principal balance of delinquent loans to total loans outstanding.
(2)   The 91 or More Days category includes all loans on non-accrual regardless of days past due.

 

Non-Performing Loans.    A loan is considered impaired and we cease accrual of interest when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. For loans that are not individually significant (i.e. loans under $1.0 million), and represent a homogeneous population, the Bank evaluates impairment collectively based on management reports on the level and extent of delinquencies, as well as historical loss experience for these types of loans. The Bank uses these criteria on one- to four-family residential loans, consumer loans, multi-family residential loans, and land loans. Impairment for loans considered individually significant as well as commercial real estate and commercial business loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Charge-offs of principal occur when a loss has occurred as a result of the book value exceeding the fair value.

 

A loan (whether considered impaired or not) is classified as non-accrual when collectibility is in doubt. Generally, when a loan is 90 days or more past due, in the process of foreclosure, or in bankruptcy, the full amount of previously accrued but unpaid interest is deducted from interest income. Income is subsequently recorded to the extent cash payments are received, or at the time when the loan is brought current in accordance with its original terms. This policy is applied consistently for all types of loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio.

 

The table on the next page sets forth information regarding non-accrual loans, loans which are 91 days or more delinquent but on which the Bank is accruing interest, and foreclosed real estate held by the Bank at the dates indicated. Since January 1, 2001, the Bank does not accrue interest on any loan more than 90 days overdue.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

 

    

December 31,


    

2002


    

2001


  

2000


  

1999


  

1998


    

(Dollars in thousands)

One-  to four-family and multi-family loans:

                            

Non-accrual loans (1)

  

$

22,480

 

  

17,985

  

14,023

  

12,548

  

10,641

Accruing loans 91 or more days overdue

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

  

1,732

  

771

  

1,381

    


  
  
  
  

Total

  

 

22,480

 

  

17,985

  

15,755

  

13,319

  

12,022

    


  
  
  
  

Commercial real estate, construction and land loans:

                            

Non-accrual loans (1)

  

 

1,755

 

  

544

  

269

  

607

  

1,284

Accruing loans 91 or more days overdue

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

    


  
  
  
  

Total

  

 

1,755

 

  

544

  

269

  

607

  

1,284

    


  
  
  
  

Other loans:

                            

Non-accrual loans (1)

  

 

1,159

 

  

922

  

683

  

1,683

  

721

Accruing loans 91 or more days overdue

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

  

2

  

41

  

22

    


  
  
  
  

Total

  

 

1,159

 

  

922

  

685

  

1,724

  

743

    


  
  
  
  

Total non-performing loans:

                            

Non-accrual loans (1)

  

 

25,394

 

  

19,451

  

14,975

  

14,838

  

12,646

Accruing loans 91 or more days overdue

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

  

1,734

  

812

  

1,403

    


  
  
  
  

Total

  

$

25,394

 

  

19,451

  

16,709

  

15,650

  

14,049

    


  
  
  
  

Non-accrual loans to total loans

  

 

.58

%

  

.45

  

.35

  

.38

  

.39

Accruing loans 91 or more days overdue to total loans

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

  

.04

  

.02

  

.04

    


  
  
  
  

Non-performing loans to total loans

  

 

.58

%

  

.45

  

.39

  

.40

  

.43

    


  
  
  
  

Foreclosed real estate:

                            

One-  to four-family

  

$

2,366

 

  

1,405

  

1,762

  

1,220

  

1,736

Commercial real estate

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

  

46

  

6,195

  

6,621

    


  
  
  
  

Total foreclosed real estate, net of reserves

  

$

2,366

 

  

1,405

  

1,808

  

7,415

  

8,357

    


  
  
  
  

Total non-performing assets

  

$

27,760

 

  

20,856

  

18,517

  

23,065

  

22,406

    


  
  
  
  

Total non-performing assets to total assets

  

 

.47

%

  

.37

  

.36

  

.50

  

.54

    


  
  
  
  

(1)   Consists of loans in the process of foreclosure or for which interest is otherwise deemed uncollectible.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, the amount of interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans amounted to $1.4 million, $1.1 million, and $768,000 respectively, if the loans had been current. For the year ended December 31, 2002, interest income on non-accrual loans actually collected that was recorded amounted to $562,000.

 

In March 2002, a commercial real estate loan and a secured line of credit to the same borrower aggregating $4.4 million were placed on non-accrual status due to the borrower being in violation of certain loan covenants. The Bank had a first mortgage lien on the property, a corporate guarantee of a subsidiary company and several unlimited personal guarantees. The property was subsequently sold and the Bank was repaid in full for both loans from the net proceeds in the fourth quarter of 2002.

 

Classified Assets.    The federal regulators have adopted a classification system for problem assets of insured institutions which covers all problem assets and requires certain reserves. Under this classification system, problem assets of insured institutions are classified as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the value of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.

 

In connection with the filing of its periodic reports with the OTS, the Bank regularly reviews the problem loans in its portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, all of the Bank’s

 

17


Table of Contents

non-performing loans were classified as substandard. In addition, at December 31, 2002, the Bank has classified six loans to two different borrowers aggregating $2.6 million of commercial real estate and land development loans as substandard for regulatory purposes. These loans are performing in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement and adequately secured by the underlying collateral.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.    In evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and determining, if any, the related provision for loan losses, management considers: (1) subjective factors, including local and general economic business factors and trends, portfolio concentrations and changes in the size and/or general terms of the loan portfolio, (2) historical loss experience and the change in the mix of the overall portfolio composition over the last five years, (3) specific allocations based upon probable losses identified during the review of the portfolio, and (4) delinquency in the portfolio and the composition of non-performing loans including the percent of non-performing loans with supplemental mortgage insurance. Larger loans, typically secured by commercial real estate, that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. In the opinion of management, the allowance, when taken as a whole, is adequate to absorb probable losses in the loan portfolio. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions and the impact of such change on the Bank’s borrowers.

 

The following table analyzes the Bank’s allowance for loan losses for the years indicated.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

1999


    

1998


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year Charge-offs:

  

$

19,607

 

  

18,258

 

  

17,276

 

  

16,770

 

  

15,475

 

One-to four-family

  

 

(78

)

  

(87

)

  

(136

)

  

(522

)

  

(290

)

Commercial real estate

  

 

(424

)

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(88

)

  

(25

)

Multi-family

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(275

)

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

Consumer

  

 

(115

)

  

(17

)

  

(120

)

  

(101

)

  

(87

)

    


  

  

  

  

    

 

(617

)

  

(104

)

  

(531

)

  

(711

)

  

(402

)

    


  

  

  

  

Recoveries:

                                    

One-to four-family

  

 

60

 

  

39

 

  

9

 

  

105

 

  

1

 

Commercial real estate

  

 

121

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

Consumer

  

 

12

 

  

6

 

  

4

 

  

12

 

  

50

 

    


  

  

  

  

    

 

193

 

  

45

 

  

13

 

  

117

 

  

51

 

    


  

  

  

  

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

  

 

(424

)

  

(59

)

  

(518

)

  

(594

)

  

(351

)

Provision for loan losses

  

 

300

 

  

—  

 

  

1,500

 

  

1,100

 

  

800

 

Balance related to acquisition

  

 

—  

 

  

1,408

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

846

 

    


  

  

  

  

Balance at end of year

  

$

19,483

 

  

19,607

 

  

18,258

 

  

17,276

 

  

16,770

 

    


  

  

  

  

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

  

 

.01

%

  

.00

 

  

.01

 

  

.02

 

  

.01

 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans receivable

  

 

.44

 

  

.45

 

  

.42

 

  

.44

 

  

.52

 

Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans

  

 

76.72

 

  

100.80

 

  

109.27

 

  

110.39

 

  

119.37

 

Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing assets

  

 

70.18

 

  

94.01

 

  

98.60

 

  

74.90

 

  

74.85

 

    


  

  

  

  

 

At December 31, 2002, the Bank maintained no specific reserves on any loans. The following table sets forth the Company’s allocation of its allowance for loan losses. This allocation is based on management’s subjective estimates. The amount of reserves allocated to a particular category may not be indicative of actual future losses and amounts allocated to particular categories may change from year to year based on changes in management’s assessment of the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. The allocation methods used during 2002, 2001 and 2000 were generally consistent. The change in amounts allocated to various loan types in 2001 was primarily due to the allocation of the Mid Town allowance for loan losses.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

 

    

At December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

Allowance


    

Loan category as a % of

Total Loans


    

Allowance


    

Loan category as a % of

Total Loans


    

Allowance


    

Loan category as a % of

Total Loans


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

One- to four-family residential

  

$  9,062

    

79.48

%

  

$  9,755

    

82.97

%

  

$  9,803

    

88.44

%

Multi-family

  

2,030

    

5.69

 

  

1,730

    

4.41

 

  

1,480

    

3.98

 

Commercial real estate

  

2,846

    

3.11

 

  

2,646

    

3.12

 

  

1,978

    

.95

 

Construction

  

426

    

1.05

 

  

501

    

.98

 

  

401

    

.67

 

Land

  

531

    

.93

 

  

656

    

.99

 

  

606

    

.93

 

Consumer

  

2,376

    

9.29

 

  

1,804

    

7.11

 

  

1,575

    

4.95

 

Commercial business

  

397

    

.45

 

  

250

    

.42

 

  

—  

    

.08

 

Unallocated portion

  

1,815

    

N/A

 

  

2,265

    

N/A

 

  

2,415

    

N/A

 

    
    

  
    

  
    

Total

  

$19,483

    

100.00

%

  

$19,607

    

100.00

%

  

$18,258

    

100.00

%

    
    

  
    

  
    

 

At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s loan portfolio consisted of 79.5% of one- to four-family real estate loans, with an additional 9.3% being equity lines of credit or home equity loans on one- to four-family real estate and other consumer loans. At December 31, 2002, 52% of the one- to four-family non-performing loans carried private mortgage insurance or government guarantees. The average loan-to-value ratio on the one- to four-family non-performing loans without supplemental mortgage insurance was 71%. Based on the Bank’s underwriting standards, overall loan-to-value ratios, concentration of lending primarily in its market area, and historically low charge-off experience, management considers the risk of loss due to these loans as minimal. The remaining 10.8% of the Bank’s portfolio, or $493.5 million, consist of multi-family mortgage, commercial real estate, construction, land, and to a lesser extent, commercial business loans. These loans generally tend to exhibit greater risk of loss than do one- to four-family loans, primarily because such loans typically carry higher loan balances and repayment is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income to cover operating expenses. In addition, economic events and government regulations, which are outside the control of the Bank and the borrower, could impact the security of the loan or the future cash flow of affected properties.

 

In its multi-family loan portfolio, the Bank has traditionally limited its lending to small apartment buildings (less than 36 units) which management believes have lower risk than larger properties. At December 31, 2002, in the Bank’s $260.3 million multi-family portfolio, only 16 loans are on properties greater than 36 units with an aggregate balance outstanding of $44.5 million. The average multi-family loan is $370,000. With respect to construction and land loans, although a change in economic conditions could impact the collateral value of the Bank’s loans, a large percentage of this collateral is on one- to four-family residential properties whose values tend to be more stable during times of economic difficulty. The Bank’s commercial real estate portfolio grew during 2001 due to the acquisition of Mid Town. Loans secured by commercial real estate properties generally involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by lending primarily on existing income-producing properties and generally restricting such loans to properties in the Chicago area.

 

Net income of the Company could be affected if management’s estimate of the number of loans with loss, or the estimate of the amount of loss that may be incurred are materially different, which could require an additional provision for loan losses. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate at December 31, 2002. However, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions and the impact such changes may have on the Bank’s borrowers.

 

Investment Activities

 

Federally chartered savings institutions have the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, certain

 

19


Table of Contents

bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements and federal funds. Subject to various restrictions, federally chartered savings institutions may also invest in commercial paper, investment grade corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally chartered savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly. The Bank is required to maintain liquid assets at prudent levels based on its operations.

 

The Bank’s liquid investments include interest-bearing deposits, primarily at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, federal funds sold and U.S. Government and federal agency obligations. The Bank invests overnight federal funds with two large commercial banks in Chicago, based upon periodic review of these institutions’ financial condition. The Bank generally limits overnight federal funds sold investments to $125.0 million at any one institution.

 

Generally, the investment policy of the Bank is to invest funds among various categories of investments and maturities based upon the Bank’s asset/liability management policies, investment quality and marketability, liquidity needs and performance objectives.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the book value of the Company’s and the Bank’s liquidity and investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the fair value of the investment securities portfolio was $308.2 million and $355.5 million, respectively.

 

    

December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest-bearing deposits

  

$

28,210

  

29,367

  

53,392

    

  
  

Federal funds sold

  

$

100,205

  

112,765

  

139,268

    

  
  

Investment securities:

                

Available for sale:

                

U.S. Government and agency securities

  

$

99,140

  

141,530

  

81,255

Asset-backed securities

  

 

62,530

  

81,670

  

80,614

Corporate debt securities

  

 

65,422

  

71,309

  

—  

Bank trust preferred securities

  

 

58,230

  

40,899

  

2,704

Marketable equity securities

  

 

22,913

  

20,053

  

9,921

    

  
  

Total investments available for sale

  

 

308,235

  

355,461

  

174,494

    

  
  

Held to maturity:

                

U.S. Government and agency securities

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

9,986

Corporate debt securities

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

2,647

    

  
  

Total investments held to maturity

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

12,633

    

  
  

Total investment securities

  

$

308,235

  

355,461

  

187,127

    

  
  

Stock in the FHLB of Chicago

  

$

169,708

  

132,081

  

84,775

    

  
  

 

The table below sets forth information regarding the carrying value, weighted average yields based on amortized cost, and maturities of the Company’s investment securities. At December 31, 2002, all investment securities are classified as available for sale.

 

    

At December 31, 2002


 
    

One Year or Less


    

1 to 5 Years


    

5 to 10 Years


    

More than 10 Years


 
    

Carrying

Value


  

Weighted

Average

Yield


    

Carrying

Value


  

Weighted

Average

Yield


    

Carrying

Value


  

Weighted

Average

Yield


    

Carrying

Value


  

Weighted

Average

Yield


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

U.S. Government and agency securities

  

$

21,535

  

6.06

%

  

$

71,065

  

5.09

%

  

$

1,622

  

6.40

%

  

$

4,918

  

2.69

%

Asset-backed securities

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

5,547

  

1.65

 

  

 

35,087

  

2.40

 

  

 

21,896

  

4.29

 

Corporate debt securities

  

 

32,139

  

4.02

 

  

 

33,283

  

8.62

 

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

Bank trust preferred securities

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

58,230

  

4.12

 

Marketable equity securities (1)

                                                       

Common stock

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

4,783

  

4.53

 

Preferred stock

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

18,130

  

5.28

 

    

         

         

         

      

Total

  

$

53,674

  

4.84

%

  

$

109,895

  

5.99

%

  

$

36,709

  

2.80

%

  

$

107,957

  

4.30

%

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

20


Table of Contents

 

    

Total Investment Securities


 
    

Average

Life

in Years


  

Carrying

Value


  

Fair

Value


  

Weighted

Average

Yield


 

U.S. Government and agency securities

  

2.59

  

$

99,140

  

$

99,140

  

5.20

%

Asset-backed securities

  

11.43

  

 

62,530

  

 

62,530

  

3.16

 

Corporate debt securities

  

1.76

  

 

65,422

  

 

65,422

  

6.28

 

Bank trust preferred securities

  

29.19

  

 

58,230

  

 

58,230

  

4.14

 

Marketable equity securities (1)

                         

Common stock

  

—  

  

 

4,783

  

 

4,783

  

4.53

 

Preferred stock

  

—  

  

 

18,130

  

 

18,130

  

5.28

 

         

  

      

Total

  

9.76

  

$

308,235

  

$

308,235

  

4.81

%

    
  

  

  


(1)   Marketable equity securities with no stated maturity are included in the “More than 10 Years” category.

 

The classification of investments as held to maturity, available for sale, or trading is made at the time of purchase based upon management’s intent at that time. At December 31, 2002, $308.2 million of investment securities were classified as available for sale and recorded at fair value (cost basis of $307.6 million). The trust preferred securities represent investments in several different pools of collateral debt securities consisting of primarily 30-year capital securities issued by various banks, thrifts and insurance companies. The underlying pool of issuers of the collateral debt securities are well diversified as to asset size and geography. These securities are primarily Libor-indexed floating rate securities and contain a call provision at par after five years. The individual issuers of debt have the ability to defer interest payments in certain circumstances. At December 31, 2001, $355.5 million of investment securities were classified as available for sale (cost basis of $350.6 million). Stock in the FHLB of Chicago is carried at cost. At December 31, 2002, the Bank was required to hold $75.3 million in FHLB stock as collateral for its advances and had $94.4 million in discretionary investments that the Bank may redeem at par at any time.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2002, the Bank recorded a $3.0 million other than temporary impairment on an $8.5 million floating rate debt security backed by aircraft and related leases to a major airline. The impairment writedown was based on a market value quote as of December 31, 2002 received from an independent broker/dealer. The security is current with respect to interest payments at December 31, 2002. The security matured on December 2, 2002 and is now in default due to the principal not being repaid and the airline filing for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on December 9, 2002. Pursuant to the terms of the security, a collateralized structured financing investment, the Bank expects to continue to receive interest payments from a third party liquidity provider for eighteen months from the date of default. In the bankruptcy proceedings to date, the airline has declined to affirm its contractual obligations related to the individual leases and aircraft underlying the Bank’s security, and is currently using the aircraft without paying rent. Currently, the secured creditors, including the Bank, continue to attempt to negotiate new lease terms with the airline, but in the event these negotiations are not successful, the secured creditors may have to exercise other remedies now available to them, including but not limited to the repossession, remarketing and sale of the underlying collateral.

 

At December 31, 2002, the Bank owned two investment grade floating rate debt securities having an aggregate amortized cost of $19.8 million and an estimated fair value of $15.5 million. One of the securities is collateralized by aircraft leased to several different airlines and the other is a collateralized bond obligation secured by various less than investment grade high yield securities. These securities are current as to principal and interest payments. The estimated market values of these securities are being negatively impacted by the current difficulties in the airline industry and high yield market, the lack of liquidity in the market for these securities and the widening of corporate bond spreads. Because these securities are classified as available for sale, and carried at fair value with unrealized losses net of related tax effect recorded in stockholders’ equity, any charge to earnings in the future if the securities would be deemed by management to be other than

 

21


Table of Contents

temporarily impaired would not be expected to have a significant impact on stockholders’ equity.

 

Sources of Funds

 

The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits, amortization and prepayment of loan principal (including mortgage-backed securities), borrowings from the FHLB of Chicago, sales of mortgage loans, sales or maturities of investment securities, mortgage-backed securities and short-term investments, and funds provided from operations.

 

Deposits.    The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms. The Bank’s deposits consist of passbook accounts, NOW and checking accounts, money market and certificate accounts. The Bank only solicits deposits from its market area and does not use brokers to obtain deposits. The Bank relies primarily on competitive pricing policies, advertising, and customer service to attract and retain these deposits. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and prevailing interest rates and competition. Recently, the Bank has emphasized growth in core accounts, defined as commercial and non-interest checking accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, and passbooks by increased advertising and marketing of checking accounts, and the addition of a more competitively priced money market product. At December 31, 2002 the ratio of core deposits to total deposits was 56.4% compared to 51.8% at December 31, 2001, primarily due to strong increases in all categories.

 

The following table sets forth the balances and percentages of the various types of deposits offered by the Bank at the date indicated and the change in the dollar amount of deposits between such dates:

 

    

December 31, 2002


    

December 31, 2001


    

Amount


  

% of

Deposits


    

Increase

(Decrease)


    

Amount


  

% of

Deposits


    

Increase

(Decrease)


Commercial checking

  

$

150,005

  

4.0

%

  

$

21,791

 

  

$

128,214

  

3.6

%

  

$

79,742

Non-interest checking

  

 

139,119

  

3.7

 

  

 

18,053

 

  

 

121,066

  

3.4

 

  

 

28,595

NOW accounts

  

 

362,889

  

9.7

 

  

 

37,898

 

  

 

324,991

  

9.1

 

  

 

74,495

Money market accounts

  

 

458,144

  

12.2

 

  

 

89,472

 

  

 

368,672

  

10.4

 

  

 

139,614

Passbook accounts

  

 

1,006,590

  

26.8

 

  

 

108,517

 

  

 

898,073

  

25.3

 

  

 

159,467

    

  

  


  

  

  

Total core deposits

  

 

2,116,747

  

56.4

 

  

 

275,731

 

  

 

1,841,016

  

51.8

 

  

 

481,913

Certificate accounts, net

  

 

1,634,490

  

43.6

 

  

 

(82,491

)

  

 

1,716,981

  

48.2

 

  

 

101,871

    

  

  


  

  

  

Total deposits

  

$

3,751,237

  

100.0

%

  

$

193,240

 

  

$

3,557,997

  

100.0

%

  

$

583,784

    

  

  


  

  

  

    

December 31, 2000


 
    

Amount


  

% of

Deposits


 

Commercial checking

  

$

48,472

  

1.6

%

Non-interest checking

  

 

92,471

  

3.1

 

NOW accounts

  

 

250,496

  

8.4

 

Money market accounts

  

 

229,058

  

7.7

 

Passbook accounts

  

 

738,606

  

24.9

 

    

  

Total core deposits

  

 

1,359,103

  

45.7

 

Certificate accounts, net

  

 

1,615,110

  

54.3

 

    

  

Total deposits

  

$

2,974,213

  

100.0

%

    

  

 

22


Table of Contents

 

Deposit Portfolio.    The following table sets forth the distribution and the weighted average nominal interest rates of the Bank’s average deposit accounts for the years indicated:

 

    

Year Ended


 
    

December 31, 2002


      

December 31, 2001


 
    

Average

Balance


  

Percent of Total Deposits


    

Weighted

Average

Nominal

Rate


      

Average

Balance


  

Percent of Total Deposits


    

Weighted

Average

Nominal

Rate


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial checking accounts

  

$

124,801

  

3.41

%

  

—  

%

    

$

70,359

  

2.25

%

  

—  

%

Non-interest bearing checking

  

 

124,726

  

3.41

 

  

—  

 

    

 

93,632

  

3.00

 

  

—  

 

Interest bearing NOW accounts

  

 

334,882

  

9.15

 

  

.81

 

    

 

245,719

  

7.87

 

  

1.03

 

Money market accounts

  

 

462,773

  

12.64

 

  

1.95

 

    

 

279,281

  

8.94

 

  

3.49

 

Passbook accounts

  

 

936,512

  

25.58

 

  

1.68

 

    

 

775,419

  

24.83

 

  

2.32

 

    

  

           

  

      

Total checking, money market and passbook accounts

  

 

1,983,694

  

54.19

 

  

1.39

 

    

 

1,464,410

  

46.89

 

  

1.73

 

    

  

           

  

      

Certificate accounts with original maturities of:

                                           

6 months or less

  

 

357,187

  

9.76

 

  

2.23

 

    

 

506,087

  

16.21

 

  

4.50

 

7 to 12 months

  

 

248,200

  

6.78

 

  

3.36

 

    

 

238,010

  

7.62

 

  

5.31

 

Greater than 1 to 3 years

  

 

944,075

  

25.79

 

  

4.28

 

    

 

809,134

  

25.91

 

  

6.05

 

Greater than 3 years

  

 

127,410

  

3.48

 

  

5.31

 

    

 

105,097

  

3.37

 

  

5.69

 

    

  

           

  

      

Total certificates of deposits

  

 

1,676,872

  

45.81

 

  

3.79

 

    

 

1,658,328

  

53.11

 

  

5.45

 

    

  

           

  

      

Total deposits

  

$

3,660,566

  

100.00

%

  

2.48

%

    

$

3,122,738

  

100.00

%

  

3.86

%

    

  

  

    

  

  

    

Year Ended


                      
    

December 31, 2000


                      
    

 

 


Average

Balance


  

Percent of Total Deposits


   


  

Weighted

Average

Nominal

Rate


 

 

 

 


                      
    

(Dollars in thousands)

                      

Commercial checking accounts

  

$

55,367

  

1.95

%

  

—  

%

                      

Non-interest bearing checking

  

 

76,440

  

2.70

 

  

—  

 

                      

Interest bearing NOW accounts

  

 

223,358

  

7.88

 

  

1.22

 

                      

Money market accounts

  

 

190,693

  

6.73

 

  

3.87

 

                      

Passbook accounts

  

 

741,453

  

26.17

 

  

2.48

 

                      
    

  

                             

Total checking, money market and passbook accounts

  

 

1,287,311

  

45.43

 

  

1.92

 

                      
    

  

                             

Certificate accounts with original maturities of:

                                           

6 months or less

  

 

323,096

  

11.40

 

  

5.24

 

                      

7 to 12 months

  

 

478,393

  

16.89

 

  

5.50

 

                      

Greater than 1 to 3 years

  

 

623,630

  

22.01

 

  

5.90

 

                      

Greater than 3 years

  

 

120,853

  

4.27

 

  

5.78

 

                      
    

  

                             

Total certificates of deposits

  

 

1,545,972

  

54.57

 

  

5.63

 

                      
    

  

                             

Total deposits

  

$

2,833,283

  

100.00

%

  

4.08

%

                      
    

  

  

                      

 

 

23


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents, by various interest rate categories, the amount of certificate accounts outstanding at December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, and the periods to maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at December 31, 2002:

 

                   

Period to Maturity December 31, 2002


    

December 31,


  

Within

One Year


  

1 to 3

Years


  

Over

3 Years


  

Total


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


           
    

(Dollars in thousands)

    

Certificate accounts:

                                    

Less than 2.00%

  

$

330,189

  

974

  

12

  

328,566

  

1,566

  

57

  

330,189

2.00% to 2.99%

  

 

543,576

  

338,133

  

2,698

  

470,093

  

73,247

  

236

  

543,576

3.00% to 3.99%

  

 

338,585

  

394,800

  

2

  

149,509

  

179,656

  

9,420

  

338,585

4.00% and greater

  

 

421,927

  

982,471

  

1,612,120

  

206,337

  

148,762

  

66,828

  

421,927

    

  
  
  
  
  
  

Total

  

$

1,634,277

  

1,716,378

  

1,614,832

  

1,154,505

  

403,231

  

76,541

  

1,634,277

    

  
  
  
  
  
  

 

At December 31, 2002, the Bank had outstanding $316.3 million in certificate accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:

 

Period to Maturity


    

Amount


      

(Dollars in thousands)

Three months or less

    

$

104,575

Over three through six months

    

 

  70,924

Over six through 12 months

    

 

  53,435

Over 12 months

    

 

  87,338

      

Total

    

$

316,272

      

 

Borrowings.    Although deposits are the Bank’s primary source of funds, the Bank’s policy has been to utilize borrowings, such as advances from FHLB of Chicago, and to a lesser extent, reverse repurchase agreements, when they are a less costly source of funds or can be reinvested at a positive rate of return.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago Advances.    The Bank obtains advances from the FHLB of Chicago upon the security of its capital stock in the FHLB of Chicago and a blanket pledge of certain of its mortgage loans. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Home Loan Bank System.” Such advances are made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. The maximum amount that the FHLB of Chicago will advance to member institutions, including the Bank, for purposes other than meeting withdrawals, fluctuates from time to time in accordance with the policies of the FHLB of Chicago. The maximum amount of FHLB of Chicago advances to a member institution generally is reduced by secured borrowings from any other source. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s FHLB of Chicago advances totaled $1.5 billion, or 25.4% of total assets, compared to $1.4 billion, or 25.1% of total assets at December 31, 2001. Included in FHLB of Chicago advances at December 31, 2002 are $480.0 million of fixed-rate advances with original scheduled maturities of 5 to 10 years, putable at the discretion of the FHLB of Chicago as follows: $350.0 million at 5.66% in 2003, $80.0 million at 5.35% in 2004, $50.0 million at 5.56% in 2005. The average term to maturity on these advances is 5.1 years, while the average term to put is 10 months. At inception, the Bank receives a lower cost of borrowing on such advances than on similar termed non-putable advances, in return for granting the FHLB of Chicago the option to put the advances prior to their final maturity. If put, the FHLB of Chicago will provide replacement funding at the then prevailing market rate of interest for the remaining term to maturity of the advances, subject to standard terms and conditions.

 

Unsecured Term Bank Loan and Line of Credit.    Since 1995, the Company has maintained an unsecured bank term loan and line of credit facility for funding of a prior acquisition. During 2001, in conjunction with the acquisition of Mid Town, the Company repaid the remaining $29.4 million on its unsecured term bank loan, and borrowed $55.0 million under a new unsecured term bank loan agreement. The loan provides interest rates of one, two, three, six or twelve-month LIBOR, at the option of the borrower, plus 110 basis points,

 

24


Table of Contents

payable at the end of the repricing period. At December 31, 2002, the interest rate is currently one-month LIBOR plus 110 Basis

points, or 2.53%. The remaining principal amount outstanding at December 31, 2002 was $51.0 million. The loan requires increasing annual principal payments with $11.0 million due at the final maturity of the loan on December 31, 2008. Prepayments of principal are allowed without penalty at the end of any repricing period. The Company made its scheduled $4.0 million principal payment on December 31, 2002.

 

In conjunction with the unsecured term bank loan, the Company also maintains a $40.0 million one-year unsecured revolving line of credit that matures annually on November 30. The loan provides for an interest rate of one, two, three, six or twelve-month LIBOR at the option of the borrower plus 100 basis points and payable at the end of the repricing period. At December 31, 2002, there is no outstanding balance on the line of credit.

 

The credit agreement contains covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain a minimum stockholders’ equity balance and to obtain certain minimum operating results, as well as requiring the Bank to maintain “well capitalized” regulatory capital levels and certain non-performing asset ratios. In addition, the Company has agreed to certain restrictions on additional indebtedness and agreed not to pledge any stock of the Bank or MAFD for any purpose. At December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

A summary of the Company’s borrowed funds at December 31, 2002 and 2001 is as follows:

 

    

December 31, 2002


    

December 31, 2001


    

Interest Rate
Range


    

Weighted

Average

Rate


    

Amount


  

Weighted Average Rate


    

Amount


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Fixed-rate advances from FHLB due:

                                            

Within 1 year

  

4.87

%

 

  –  

 

6.78

%

  

6.08

%

  

$

135,500

  

6.46

%

  

$

280,000

1 to 2 years

  

3.64

 

 

  –  

 

7.22

 

  

5.87

 

  

 

310,000

  

6.08

 

  

 

135,500

2 to 3 years

  

2.88

 

 

  –  

 

7.20

 

  

5.33

 

  

 

295,000

  

6.30

 

  

 

260,000

3 to 4 years

  

3.12

 

 

  –  

 

6.82

 

  

4.66

 

  

 

155,000

  

6.01

 

  

 

205,000

4 to 5 years

  

3.23

 

 

  –  

 

4.34

 

  

3.82

 

  

 

150,000

  

6.16

 

  

 

55,000

5 to 6 years

  

3.48

 

 

  –  

 

5.86

 

  

5.07

 

  

 

350,000

  

  —  

 

  

 

—  

6 to 7 years

  

5.61

 

 

  –  

 

5.86

 

  

5.73

 

  

 

50,000

  

5.28

 

  

 

310,000

7 to 8 years

  

5.42

 

 

  –  

 

5.42

 

  

5.42

 

  

 

30,000

  

5.73

 

  

 

50,000

Greater than 8 years

  

—  

 

 

  –  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

5.42

 

  

 

30,000

    

         

         

Total fixed rate advances

  

2.88

 

 

  –  

 

7.22

 

  

5.24

 

  

 

1,475,500

  

5.98

 

  

 

1,325,500

Adjustable-rate advances from FHLB due:

                                            

Within 1 year

  

—  

 

 

  –  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

2.11

 

  

 

80,000

1 to 2 years

  

1.39

 

 

  –  

 

1.39

 

  

1.39

 

  

 

30,000

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

    

         

         

Total adjustable rate advances

  

1.39

 

 

  –  

 

1.39

 

  

1.39

 

  

 

30,000

  

2.11

 

  

 

80,000

    

         

         

Total advances from FHLB

  

1.39

%

 

  –  

 

7.22

%

  

5.17

 

  

 

1,505,500

  

5.76

 

  

 

1,405,500

    

         

         

Unsecured term bank loan

                   

2.53

 

  

 

51,000

  

3.16

 

  

 

55,000

Unsecured line of credit

                   

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

3.06

 

  

 

10,000

                            

         

Total borrowed funds

                   

5.08

%

  

$

1,556,500

  

5.64

%

  

$

1,470,500

                     

  

  

  

 

Subsidiary Activities

 

MAF Developments.    The Company engages in the business of purchasing unimproved land for development into residential subdivisions of single-family lots primarily through MAFD, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company has been engaged in this activity since 1974, and since that time has developed and sold over 6,000 lots in 22 different subdivisions primarily in the western suburbs of Chicago. The subsidiary acts as sole principal or as a joint venture partner in their developments. The subsidiary historically has provided essentially all of the capital for a joint venture and receive in exchange an ownership interest in the joint venture which entitles it to a percentage of the profit or loss generated by the project, generally 50-60%, with the exact percentage based upon a number of factors, including characteristics of the venture, the perceived risks involved, and the time to

 

25


Table of Contents

completion. The net profits are generally defined in the joint venture agreement as the gross profits of the joint venture from sales, less all expenses, loan repayments and capital contributions. In addition, MAFD may from time to time invest in residential real estate projects, typically structured as limited partnership investments, managed by unaffiliated parties.

 

OTS regulations impose restrictions on the Bank’s participation in real estate development activities. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Savings Institution Regulation—Capital Requirements.” In 1993, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, MAFD, to continue its land development activities. As a subsidiary of the Company, the activities of MAFD are not restricted by OTS regulations as they are for the Bank.

 

NW Financial, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, now inactive, which was acquired as part of a previous merger, developed unimproved land into residential subdivisions, as well constructed single-family homesites on the improved lots. Its final project also included commercial land for development. During 2001, NW Financial sold the final commercial parcels in this project. Currently, the Company plans to conduct its future real estate development activity solely through MAFD.

 

The following is a summary as of December 31, 2002, of the residential real estate projects MAFD currently has an interest in:

 

Description of Project


  

Date Land Acquired


  

Total Lots


  

Number Lots Sold


  

Number Sold but Not Closed


  

Lots Available For Sale or Sold


  

Investment Balance


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Shenandoah

  

6/00

  

326

  

—  

  

96

  

230

  

$

7,794

326 residential lots

                               

Tallgrass of Naperville

  

11/96–8/01

  

952

  

903

  

—  

  

49

  

 

3,095

952 residential lots; 19.3 acres for townhomes; 12.8 acres for commercial

                               

Springbank

                               

Proposed 1,100–1,300 residential lots plus an undetermined number of acres for townhomes

  

12/02

  

N/A

  

—  

  

—  

  

N/A

  

 

4,049

                             

                             

$

14,938

                             

 

During the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, NW Financial paid aggregate dividends of $-0-, $-0- and $3.8 million, respectively, to the Bank. The remaining investment in NW Financial at December 31, 2002 is a deduction for the Bank in computing its regulatory capital requirements and was $208,000 at December 31, 2002. This deduction was $2.1 million at December 31, 2001.

 

The following is a description of the projects currently under development:

 

Shenandoah.    MAFD purchased land for a planned development of approximately 326 single-family lots in Plainfield, Illinois. There is no venture partner in this property. Development began in mid 2002, and there are 96 lots under contract at December 31, 2002. Currently, the Company estimates an additional $8.7 million of disbursements will be made to complete this project. Such amounts are not recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Tallgrass of Naperville.    MAFD with a venture partner who shares in 40% of the profits, has invested in 447 acres in three separate parcels from 1996 to 2001 for the development of 952 residential lots in Naperville, Illinois. In addition, the project originally had 19.3 acres available for multi-family units, as well as 12.8 acres of commercially-zoned land which are expected to be sold in bulk sales to developers. The multi-family parcel, with approximately seven acres remaining, is under contract at December 31, 2002 and expected to close in 2003. The first half of this parcel closed in the last quarter of 2002 and one of the commercial parcels, consisting of approximately five acres, was contracted after

 

26


Table of Contents

December 2002. A majority of the residential lots are closed as there are only 49 lots remaining at December 31, 2002. As of December 31, 2002, the Company’s investment was $3.1 million. Currently, the Company estimates an additional $3.6 million of disbursements will be made to complete this project. Such amounts are not recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Springbank.    MAFD has entered into various contracts to purchase approximately 780 acres of vacant land for a planned development in Plainfield, Illinois. This project is expected to have 1,100 to 1,300 single-family residential lots as well as multi-family parcels, depending on zoning approvals from the municipality. Development is expected to begin in this project in late 2003. The aggregate purchase price of these contracts is $28.4 million, of which $2.9 million was disbursed in 2002. The contracts contain various contingencies regarding soil tests, environmental testing, zoning etc., and provide for the takedown of the land in staggered closings over a four-year period. The proposed development is in its early planning stages and may entail the acquisition of additional land in the future. The Company is actively pursuing and expects to receive the required zoning and desired plat with the local planning commission to develop this project with a joint venture partner. Assuming the Company proceeds with this project, based on the existing purchase contracts, current estimated total developments costs (including land acquisition) are approximately $68 million.

 

Mid America Insurance Agency.    Mid America Insurance Agency, Inc. (“Mid America Insurance”) is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank that provides insurance brokerage services, including personal and commercial insurance products, to the Bank’s customers. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, Mid America Insurance generated pre-tax income (loss) of ($84,000), $64,000, and $113,000, respectively.

 

Mid America Investments.    The Bank, through Mid America Investments, is a subscriber to INVEST, a registered broker-dealer that provides certain securities brokerage and investment advisory services under its INVEST service mark to the general public. Through this program and licensed dual employees, these services are offered to customers of the Bank. Presently 23 investment executives are employed and operate from certain Bank locations. Revenues are generated from the sales of securities products in the form of commissions which are apportioned between INVEST and the Bank. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, pre-tax income from INVEST operations was $176,000, $220,000 and $448,000, respectively.

 

Mid America Re., Inc.    The Bank, through Mid America Investments, formed Mid America Re., Inc. (“Mid America Re”), as a wholly-owned mortgage reinsurance subsidiary to share in a portion of the insurance premiums earned by various private mortgage insurance companies on loans originated by the Bank, in return for assuming a second-tier layer of risk of loss on insured portions of these loans. The Bank generally requires a borrower to obtain private mortgage insurance to cover excess principal amounts if the loan principal exceeds certain loan-to-value ratios, typically 80%. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had second-tier mortgage insurance risk of $9.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, pre-tax income from Mid America Re was $906,000 compared to de minimus pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2001 due to the initial start up of the subsidiary in late 2001. Most of the income in 2002 was not subject to income tax due to special tax rules applicable to small insurance companies. It is expected that these provisions will not apply in 2003 and net income of Mid America Re will be fully taxable.

 

MAF Realty Co. L.L.C.—IV.    The Bank formed MAF Realty Co. L.L.C.—IV (“Realty IV”) as a real estate investment trust in July 1999 as the result of proactive tax planning. Realty IV was capitalized through the contribution of participation interests in mortgage loans owned by the Bank. The primary assets of Realty IV as of December 31, 2002 consist of the remaining balances of these participation interests and balances attributable to loans purchased from the Bank during 2002. The common membership interests and 89% of the preferred membership interests in Realty IV are owned by MAF Realty Co. L.L.C.—III, which was formed in July 1999 as a holding company for Realty IV. The remaining 11% preferred membership interests, valued at approximately $110,000, were distributed equally in 2000 to 110 individuals who are directors, former directors, employees or former employees of the Company and its

 

27


Table of Contents

subsidiaries. All of the assets of Realty IV are included in loans and accrued interest receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, and the value attributable to the minority interest is included in other liabilities. The distribution of the dividends paid to the minority interest holders are included in the Company’s income statement. These amounts totaled $8,800 in both 2002 and 2001.

 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

 

General

 

The Company, as a savings and loan holding company, is required to file certain reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the OTS under the Home Owners’ Loan Act (the “HOLA”). In addition, the activities of savings institutions, such as the Bank, are governed by the HOLA and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”).

 

The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS, as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC, as the deposit insurer. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) System and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) managed by the FDIC. The Bank must file reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other savings institutions. The OTS and/or the FDIC conduct periodic examinations to test the Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and their operations. Certain regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank and to the Company are referred to below or elsewhere herein. The description of statutory provisions and regulations applicable to savings institutions and their holding companies set forth in this Form 10-K does not purport to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Bank and the Company.

 

Holding Company Regulation

 

The Company is a nondiversified unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the HOLA. As a unitary savings and loan holding company, the Company generally will not be restricted under existing laws as to the types of business activities in which it may engage, provided that the Bank continues to be a qualified thrift lender (“QTL”). See “Federal Savings Institution Regulation—QTL Test.” Upon any non-supervisory acquisition by the Company of another savings institution or savings bank that meets the QTL test and is deemed to be a savings institution by the OTS, the Company would become a multiple savings and loan holding company (if the acquired institution is held as a separate subsidiary) and would be subject to limitations on the types of business activities in which it could engage. The HOLA limits the activities of a multiple savings and loan holding company and its non-insured institution subsidiaries primarily to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”), subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and activities authorized by OTS regulation. No multiple savings and loan holding company may acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of a company engaged in impermissible activities.

 

The HOLA prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the OTS; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by the

 

28


Table of Contents

FDIC. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the OTS must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved and the effect of the acquisition of the institution on the risk to the insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

 

Although savings and loan holding companies are not subject to specific capital requirements or specific restrictions on the payment of dividends or other capital distributions, HOLA does prescribe such restrictions on subsidiary savings institutions, as described below. The Bank must notify the OTS 30 days before declaring any dividend to the Company. In addition, the financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter that is evaluated by the OTS and the agency has authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture of noninsured subsidiaries deemed to pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the institution.

 

Federal Savings Institution Regulation

 

Capital Requirements.    The OTS capital regulations require savings institutions to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 3% leverage (core capital) ratio for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMEL financial institution rating system, and 4% leverage (core capital) ratio for all other institutions, and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below also establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage (core) capital ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMEL financial institution rating system), and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% Tier I risk-based capital standard. The OTS regulations also require that, in meeting the leverage ratio, tangible and risk-based capital standards, institutions must generally deduct investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in activities as principal that are not permissible for a national bank. For the Bank, this includes its $208,000 investment in NW Financial at December 31, 2002, which the Bank must deduct from regulatory capital for purposes of calculating its capital requirements. The risk-based capital standard for savings institutions requires the maintenance of Tier I (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Bank was in compliance with the current capital requirements as follows:

 

    

December 31, 2002


    

December 31, 2001


 
    

Amount


  

Percent of Assets


    

Amount


  

Percent of Assets


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Stockholder’s equity of the Bank

  

$

500,746

  

8.47

%

  

$

462,707

  

8.32

%

    

  

  

  

Tangible capital

  

$

392,995

  

6.78

%

  

$

350,825

  

6.44

%

Tangible capital requirement

  

 

86,971

  

1.50

 

  

 

81,686

  

1.50

 

    

  

  

  

Excess

  

$

306,024

  

5.28

%

  

$

269,139

  

4.94

%

    

  

  

  

Core capital

  

$

392,995

  

6.78

%

  

$

350,825

  

6.44

%

Core capital requirement

  

 

173,942

  

3.00

 

  

 

163,372

  

3.00

 

    

  

  

  

Excess

  

$

219,053

  

3.78

%

  

$

187,453

  

3.44

%

    

  

  

  

Core and supplementary capital

  

$

405,959

  

11.85

%

  

$

364,365

  

11.31

%

Risk-based capital requirement

  

 

274,114

  

8.00

 

  

 

257,691

  

8.00

 

    

  

  

  

Excess

  

$

131,845

  

3.85

%

  

$

106,674

  

3.31

%

    

  

  

  

Total Bank assets

  

$

5,909,865

         

$

5,559,787

      

Adjusted total Bank assets

  

 

5,798,064

         

 

5,445,742

      

Total risk-weighted assets

  

 

3,538,222

         

 

3,335,188

      

Adjusted total risk-weighted assets

  

 

3,426,421

         

 

3,221,143

      

 

29


Table of Contents

 

The following table reflects the Bank’s regulatory capital as of December 31, 2002 as it relates to these three capital requirements:

 

    

Tangible


    

Core


    

Risk-Based


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Stockholder’s equity of the Bank

  

$

500,746

 

  

500,746

 

  

500,746

 

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles

  

 

(101,967

)

  

(101,967

)

  

(101,967

)

Non-permissible subsidiary deduction

  

 

(208

)

  

(208

)

  

(208

)

Non-includible purchased mortgage servicing rights

  

 

(1,296

)

  

(1,296

)

  

(1,296

)

Regulatory capital adjustment for available for sale securities

  

 

(4,280

)

  

(4,280

)

  

(4,280

)

Recourse on loan sales

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(6,477

)

General allowance for loan losses

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

19,441

 

    


  

  

Regulatory capital

  

$

392,995

 

  

392,995

 

  

405,959

 

    


  

  

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.     Under the OTS prompt corrective action regulations, the OTS is required to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s degree of undercapitalization. Generally, a savings institution is considered “well capitalized” if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 10%, its ratio of Tier I (core) capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 6%, its ratio of core capital to total assets is at least 5%, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the OTS to meet a specific capital level. A savings institution generally is considered “adequately capitalized” if its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 8%, its ratio of Tier I (core) capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 4%, and its ratio of core capital to total assets is at least 4% (3% if the institution receives the highest CAMEL rating). A savings institution that has a ratio of total capital to weighted assets of less than 8%, a ratio of Tier I (core) capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4% or a ratio of core capital to total assets of less than 4% (3% or less for institutions with the highest examination rating) is considered to be “undercapitalized.” A savings institution that has a total risk-based capital ratio less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized,” and a savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.” Subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is “critically undercapitalized.” The regulation also provides that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date a savings institution receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Compliance with the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. In addition, numerous mandatory supervisory actions become immediately applicable to an undercapitalized institution, including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, capital distributions and expansion. The OTS could also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts.    The FDIC has adopted a risk-based deposit insurance system that assesses deposit insurance premiums according to the level of risk involved in an institution’s activities. An institution’s risk category is based upon whether the institution is classified as “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” and one of three supervisory subcategories within each capital group. The supervisory subgroup to which an institution is assigned is based on a supervisory evaluation and information which the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the deposit insurance fund. Based on its capital and supervisory subgroups, each Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) and SAIF member institution is assigned an annual FDIC assessment rate, with an institution in the highest category (i.e., well-capitalized and healthy) receiving the lowest rates and an institution in the lowest category (i.e., undercapitalized and posing substantial supervisory concern) receiving the highest rates.The FDIC has authority to further raise premiums if deemed necessary. If such action is taken, it could have an adverse effect on the earnings of the Bank.

 

30


Table of Contents

The Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the “Funds Act”) imposed a special one-time assessment on SAIF members, including the Bank, to recapitalize the SAIF. The SAIF was undercapitalized due primarily to a statutory requirement that SAIF members make payments on bonds issued in the late 1980’s by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to recapitalize the predecessor to SAIF. The Funds Act spreads the obligations for payment of the FICO bonds across all SAIF and BIF members. As of December 31, 2002, BIF and SAIF deposits were assessed for a FICO payment of 1.70 basis points.

 

As a result of the Funds Act and the FDI Act, the FDIC voted to effectively lower SAIF assessments to 0 to 27 basis points as of January 1, 1997. The Bank’s assessment rate for the year ended December 31, 2002 was the lowest available to well-capitalized financial institutions. A significant increase in SAIF insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank.

 

Under the FDI Act, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OTS. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

Community Reinvestment.    Under the Community Reinvestment Act, or the CRA, a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, or limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community that are consistent with the CRA. Institutions are rated on their performance in meeting the needs of their communities. Performance is tested in three areas: (a) lending, which evaluates the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b) investment, which evaluates the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (c) service, which evaluates the institution’s delivery of services to residents of its communities through its branches, ATMs and other offices. The CRA requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take this record into account in evaluating certain applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities, relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and savings and loan holding company acquisitions. The CRA also requires that all institutions publicly disclose their CRA ratings. The Bank received an “outstanding” rating on its CRA performance evaluation prepared by the OTS on April 5, 1999, the most recent report the Bank has received.

 

Impact of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.    The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or the GLB Act, significantly reformed various aspects of the financial services business, including, but not limited to: (i) the establishment of a new framework under which bank holding companies and, subject to numerous restrictions, banks can own securities firms, insurance companies and other financial companies; (ii) subjecting banks to the same securities regulation as other providers of securities products; and (iii) prohibiting new unitary savings and loan holding companies from engaging in nonfinancial activities or affiliating with nonfinancial entities.

 

The provisions in the GLB Act permitting full affiliations between bank holding companies or banks and other financial companies do not increase the Company’s authority to affiliate with securities firms, insurance companies or other financial companies. As a unitary savings and loan holding company, the Company was generally permitted to have such affiliations prior to the enactment of the GLB Act. It is expected, however, that these provisions will benefit the Company’s competitors.

 

31


Table of Contents

The prohibition on the ability of new unitary savings and loan holding companies to engage in nonfinancial activities or affiliating with nonfinancial entities generally applies only to savings and loan holding companies that were not, or had not submitted an application to become, savings and loan holding companies as of May 4, 1999. Since the Company was treated as a unitary savings and loan holding company prior to that date, the GLB Act will not prohibit the Company from engaging in nonfinancial activities or acquiring nonfinancial subsidiaries. However, the GLB Act generally restricts any nonfinancial entity from acquiring the Company unless such nonfinancial entity was, or had submitted an application to become a savings and loan holding company as of May 4, 1999.

 

The GLB Act imposed new requirements on financial institutions with respect to customer privacy by generally prohibiting disclosure of customer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the customer has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy policies to customers annually. The Company has developed policies and procedures to comply with the implementing regulations promulgated by the OTS and the other federal regulators with regard to customer privacy.

 

To the extent the GLB Act permits banks, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. This could result in a growing number of larger financial institutions that offer a wider variety of financial services than the Company currently offers and that can aggressively compete in the markets the Company currently serves.

 

Bank Secrecy Act.    Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to detect certain transactions, based on the size and nature of the transaction. Financial institutions are generally required to report cash transactions involving more than $10,000 to the United States Treasury. In addition, a financial institution is required to file suspicious activity reports for transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects or has reason to suspect involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA or has no lawful purpose. The Patriot Act of 2001, enacted in response to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, requires bank regulators to consider a financial institution’s compliance with the BSA when reviewing applications from financial institutions.

 

Loans to One Borrower.    Under the HOLA, savings institutions are generally subject to the limits on loans to one borrower applicable to national banks. Generally, savings institutions may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loan is secured by readily-marketable collateral, which is defined to include certain financial instruments and bullion. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s limit on loans to one borrower was $60.9 million. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s largest aggregate outstanding balance of loans to any one borrower was $24.0 million.

 

QTL Test.    The HOLA requires savings institutions to meet a QTL test. Under the QTL test, a savings and loan association is required to either qualify as a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code or maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangibles, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities) in at least 9 months out of each 12 month period. A savings institution that fails the QTL test is subject to certain operating restrictions and may be required to convert to a bank charter. As of December 31, 2002, the Bank maintained 93.6% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore, met the QTL test.

 

Limitation on Capital Distributions.    OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by a savings institution, such as cash dividends, payments to repurchase or

 

32


Table of Contents

otherwise acquire its shares, payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged against capital, if the institution would not be well-capitalized after the distribution. The regulations provide that an institution (i) which is not eligible for expedited treatment; or (ii) which its total amount of capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceeds its net income for that year to date plus its retained income for the preceding two years; or (iii) which would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution; or (iv) which would violate a prohibition contained in a statute, regulation or agreement between the institution and the OTS by performing the capital distribution, must submit an application to the OTS to receive approval of the capital distribution. Under any other circumstances, the Bank would be required to provide a written notice to the OTS 30 days prior to the capital distribution.

 

Assessments.    Savings institutions are required to pay assessments to the OTS to fund the agency’s operations. The general assessment, paid on a semi-annual basis, is computed upon the savings institution’s total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries, as reported in the Bank’s latest quarterly thrift financial report. The assessments paid by the Bank were $820,000, $755,000 and $661,000 in 2002, 2001 and 2000 respectively.

 

Branching.    OTS regulations permit nationwide branching by federally chartered savings institutions to the extent allowed by federal statute. Generally, a federal savings institution which meets the QTL test, may establish or acquire branches in states other than its home state. This permits federal savings institutions to establish interstate networks and to geographically diversify their loan portfolios and lines of business. The OTS authority preempts any state law purporting to regulate branching by federal savings institutions.

 

Transactions with Related Parties.    The Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with related parties or “affiliates” (e.g., any company that controls or is under common control with an institution, including the Company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries) is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (“FRA”). Section 23A limits the aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings institution. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of the savings institution’s capital and surplus. Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in Section 23A, and the purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. Section 23B generally provides that certain transactions with affiliates, including loans and asset purchases, must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.

 

The Bank’s authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders, as well as entities such persons control, is governed by Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the FRA and Regulation O thereunder. Among other things, such loans are generally required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and to not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. Regulation O also places individual and aggregate limits on the amount of loans the Bank may make to such persons based, in part, on the Bank’s capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed.

 

Enforcement.    Under the FDI Act, the OTS has primary enforcement responsibility over savings institutions and has the authority to bring actions against the institution and all “institution-affiliated parties,” including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors to institution of proceedings for receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and may amount to as

 

33


Table of Contents

much as $1 million per day in certain circumstances. Under the FDI Act, the FDIC has the authority to recommend to the Director of the OTS enforcement action to be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances. Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness.    The federal banking agencies have adopted Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness (“Guidelines”) and a final rule to implement safety and soundness standards required under the FDI Act. The Guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The standards set forth in the Guidelines address internal controls and information systems; internal audit system; credit underwriting; loan documentation; interest rate risk exposure; asset growth; asset quality; earnings and compensation; fees and benefits. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the Guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the FDI Act. The OTS requires that a savings association file a written safety and soundness compliance plan within 30 days of receiving a request for a compliance plan from the OTS.

 

Consumer Lending Laws

 

Our subsidiaries also are subject to many federal and state consumer protection statutes and regulations including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Among other things, these acts:

 

    require lenders to disclose credit terms in meaningful and consistent ways;

 

    prohibit discrimination against an applicant in any consumer or business credit transaction;

 

    prohibit discrimination in housing-related lending activities;

 

    require certain lenders to collect and report applicant and borrower data regarding loans for home purchases or improvement projects;

 

    require lenders to provide borrowers with information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements;

 

    prohibit certain lending practices and limit escrow account amounts with respect to real estate transactions; and

 

    prescribe possible penalties for violations of the requirements of consumer protection statutes and regulations.

 

Federal Fair Lending Laws.    The federal fair lending laws prohibit discriminatory lending practices. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits discrimination against an applicant in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. Under the Fair Housing Act, it is unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. Among other things, these laws prohibit a lender from denying or discouraging credit on a discriminatory basis, making excessively low appraisals of property based on racial considerations, or charging excessive rates or imposing more stringent loan terms or conditions on a discriminatory basis. In addition to private actions by aggrieved borrowers or applicants for actual and punitive damages, the U.S. Department of Justice and other regulatory agencies can take

 

34


Table of Contents

enforcement action seeking injunctive and other equitable relief for alleged violations. The Bank is subject to an Agreed Consent Order that it entered into on December 30, 2002, to resolve allegations by the Department of Justice that the Bank had violated the fair lending laws. See “Legal Proceedings.” The Agreed Consent Order requires the Bank to undertake a number of actions over the next five years to promote its home mortgage lending in communities with significant minority populations, including:

 

    Open or acquire two branch offices in minority areas within 30 months.

 

    Implement a targeted advertising campaign to increase home mortgage lending.

 

    Provide $10 million in benefits to borrowers over the next five years under special lending programs to help residents of minority areas achieve home ownership (which may include subsidized interest rates, down payment and closing cost assistance, and prime rate loans to borrowers with below prime credit).

 

    Contribute $500,000 over the next five years to homebuyer education and counseling programs, and conduct an assessment of the home mortgage credit needs of residents in minority areas.

 

The Bank is in compliance with all terms of the Order, has procured branch locations and submitted branch applications for approval of the two committed branches, and currently expects to have both of these branches fully operational before the end of 2003, well ahead of the committed timetable.

 

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act.    The federal Home Mortgage Disclosure Act grew out of public concern over credit shortages in certain urban neighborhoods. One purpose of the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act is to provide public information that will help show whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requires institutions to report data regarding applications for loans for the purchase or improvement of one-to-four family and multifamily dwellings, as well as information concerning originations and purchases of such loans. Federal bank regulators rely, in part, upon data provided under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act to determine whether depository institutions engage in discriminatory lending practices.

 

The appropriate federal banking agency, or in some cases, HUD, enforces compliance with the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and implements its regulations. Administrative sanctions, including civil money penalties, may be imposed by supervisory agencies for violations of this act.

 

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.    The federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, or RESPA, requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. RESPA also prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and place limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. Violations of RESPA may result in imposition of penalties, including: (1) civil liability equal to three times the amount of any charge paid for the settlement services or civil liability of up to $1,000 per claimant, depending on the violation; (2) awards of court costs and attorneys’ fees; and (3) fines of not more than $10,000 or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both.

 

Truth in Lending Act.    The federal Truth in Lending Act is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As result of the act, all creditors must use the same credit

 

35


Table of Contents

terminology and expressions of rates, the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule.

 

Violations of the Truth in Lending Act may result in regulatory sanctions and in the imposition of both civil and, in the case of willful violations, criminal penalties. Under certain circumstances, the Truth in Lending Act and Federal Reserve Regulation Z also provide a consumer with a right of rescission, which relieves the consumer of the obligation to pay amounts to the creditor or to a third party in connection with the offending transaction, including finance charges, application fee, commitment fees, title search fees and appraisal fees. Consumers may also seek actual and punitive damages for violations in the Truth in Lending Act.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB System, which consists of 12 regional FHLBs. The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. The Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Chicago, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Chicago in an amount at least equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or  1/20 of its advances (borrowings) from the FHLB-Chicago, whichever is greater. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s investment in FHLB of Chicago stock of $169.7 million was $94.4 million in excess of its minimum requirement. FHLB of Chicago advances must be secured by specified types of collateral and may be obtained primarily for the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance.

 

The FHLBs are required to provide funds to cover certain obligations on bonds issued to fund the resolution of insolvent thrifts and to contribute funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements could reduce the amount of dividends that the FHLBs pay to their members and could also result in the FHLBs imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, stock dividends paid by the FHLB of Chicago to the Bank amounted to $8.3 million, $6.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively. If FHLB dividends were reduced, or interest on future FHLB advances increased, the Bank’s net interest income might also be reduced.

 

Federal Reserve System

 

The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for accounts aggregating $42.1 million or less (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board) the reserve requirement is 3%; and for accounts greater than $42.1 million, the reserve requirement is currently $1,263,000 plus 10% (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board) against that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $42.1 million. The first $6.0 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the OTS.

 

36


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The executive officers of the Company are listed below.

 

Name


  

Age


  

Position(s) Held


Allen H. Koranda

  

56

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank

Kenneth Koranda

  

53

  

Vice Chairman of the Board and President of the Company; President and Director of the Bank

David C. Burba

  

55

  

Executive Vice President and Director of the Company and the Bank

Jerry A. Weberling

  

51

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director of the Company and the Bank

James Allen

  

44

  

Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank

Gerard J. Buccino

  

41

  

Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank

William Haider

  

51

  

Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank; President of NW Financial and MAFD

Michael J. Janssen

  

43

  

Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank

David W. Kohlsaat

  

48

  

Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank

Thomas Miers

  

51

  

Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank

Kenneth Rusdal

  

61

  

Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank

Sharon Wheeler

  

50

  

Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank

Christine Roberg

  

51

  

First Vice President and Controller of the Company and the Bank

 

Biographical Information

 

Set forth below is certain information with respect to executive officers of the Company and the Bank. Unless otherwise indicated, the principal occupation listed for each person below has been their principal occupation for the past five years.

 

Allen H. Koranda has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since August, 1989, and of the Bank since May, 1984. He joined the Bank in 1972. He is also Senior Vice President and a director of Mid America Investments. Mr. Koranda holds Bachelor of Arts and Juris Doctor degrees from Northwestern University. Mr. Koranda is the brother of Kenneth Koranda.

 

Kenneth Koranda has been Vice Chairman of the Board of the Company since May 1999, President of the Company since August 1989, and President of the Bank since July 1984. He joined the Bank in 1972. He is also Chairman of Mid America Investments. Mr. Koranda holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Stanford University and a Juris Doctor degree from Northwestern University. Mr. Koranda is the brother of Allen Koranda.

 

37


Table of Contents

David C. Burba joined the Company as Executive Vice President on January 1, 1999 in conjunction with the acquisition of Westco. He had previously served as Chairman of the Board and President of Westco since 1992 and President of First Federal Savings and Loan of Westchester since 1978. Mr. Burba holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Carthage College.

 

Jerry A. Weberling has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank since July 1993. He joined the Bank in 1984. He is a certified public accountant. Mr. Weberling holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Northern Illinois University.

 

James Allen has been Senior Vice President—Commercial Business since March 2001. He was previously Senior Vice President—Corporate Banking at Old Kent Bank from 1997 to 2001. Mr. Allen holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Notre Dame, and a Master of Business Administration from University of Wisconsin—Whitewater.

 

Gerard J. Buccino has been Senior Vice President—Risk Management of the Company and the Bank since July 2000. Prior to that he was Senior Vice President and Controller of the Company and the Bank since July 1996. He joined the Bank in 1990. He is a certified public accountant. Mr. Buccino holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Marquette University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

 

William Haider has been Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank since July 1996. Prior to that he was Vice President of the Company since April 1993. He joined the Bank in 1984. He is President of MAFD and NW Financial, managing the real estate development activities of the Company. Mr. Haider holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Southern Illinois University.

 

Michael J. Janssen has been Senior Vice President—Investor Relations and Taxation of the Company and the Bank since July 1996. He joined the Bank in 1989. He is a certified public accountant. Mr. Janssen holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Notre Dame, and a Master of Science in Taxation degree from DePaul University.

 

David W. Kohlsaat has been Senior Vice President—Administration since July 1996. Prior to that he was First Vice President—Administration of the Company from July 1993 to July 1996, and is responsible for retail deposit administration and human resources. He joined the Bank in 1976. Mr. Kohlsaat holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Southern Methodist University.

 

Thomas Miers has been Senior Vice President of the Company since April 1993 and Senior Vice President—Retail Banking of the Bank since January 1992. He joined the Bank in 1979. Mr. Miers holds a Bachelor of Science degree from George Williams College.

 

Kenneth Rusdal has been Senior Vice President of the Company since April 1993 and Senior Vice President—Operations and Information Systems since January 1992. He joined the Bank in 1987.

 

Sharon Wheeler has been Senior Vice President of the Company since April 1993 and has been Senior Vice President—Residential Lending of the Bank since July 1986. She joined the Bank in 1971.

 

Christine Roberg has been First Vice President and Controller of the Company and the Bank since July 2000. Prior to that time, she was Assistant Controller since July 1992. She joined the Bank in 1980. She is a certified public accountant. Ms. Roberg holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Benedictine University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Northern Illinois University.

 

38


Table of Contents

Employees

 

The Bank employs a total of 1,376 full time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2002. Management considers its relationship with its employees to be excellent.

 

Item 2.    Properties

 

The Company’s business is conducted primarily through 34 retail banking offices, including the Company’s executive office location in Clarendon Hills, Illinois. Additionally, the Bank has two loan production offices and three loan processing and servicing centers which are leased. The Bank has its own data processing equipment that consists primarily of mainframe hardware, network servers, personal computers and ATMs. At December 31, 2002, the data processing equipment has a net book value of $6.4 million.

 

At December 31, 2002, the Bank owns the buildings and land for 21 of its bank branch offices and owned the buildings but leased the land for three of its bank branch offices. The properties related to the bank branch offices owned by the Bank had a depreciated cost of approximately $35.2 million at December 31, 2002. The Bank leases the remaining ten bank branch offices, all of which are well maintained. At December 31, 2002, the aggregate net book value of leasehold improvements associated with leased bank branch facilities was $6.4 million. See Note 9 in “Item 8. Financial Statement and Supplementary Data.”

 

The Bank, as the successor to Mid Town, leases a portion of a commercial and residential building consisting of approximately 30,789 square feet on a triple net lease basis. The term of the lease is set to expire on June 30, 2024. The property is beneficially-owned by a limited partnership in which the former Chief Executive Officer of Mid Town, who is currently a director of the Bank, has a limited partnership interest. The Company incurred rental expense on this property of $348,000 in 2002.

 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

 

There are various actions pending against the Company or its subsidiaries in the normal course of business but in the opinion of management, these actions are unlikely, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

United States v. Mid America Bank, fsb.    On August 15, 2002, the Company announced that the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) was reviewing its mortgage lending practices to determine compliance with the federal fair lending laws. The Bank reached an agreement with the DOJ to resolve this inquiry in December 2002. On December 30, 2002, the DOJ filed a complaint against the Bank in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois alleging certain violations of the Fair Housing Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act based on the level of the Bank’s lending in minority areas during the period 1996-2000; the Bank filed its answer denying all such alleged violations; and the parties filed an agreed consent order which was entered by the Court on January 8, 2003. The Bank believes there are substantial grounds to dispute the allegations, including that the DOJ analysis was based on 1990 census data, which the Bank contends does not accurately reflect the changing demographics of the Chicago area. However, the Bank decided to work with the DOJ to reach an outcome that provides meaningful new benefits for borrowers in minority areas and avoids the time and expense of prolonged litigation. In the settlement agreement, the Bank will undertake a number of actions over the next five years to promote its home mortgage lending in communities with significant minority populations. See “Regulation and Supervision—Consumer Lending Laws.”

 

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    None.

 

39


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholders Matters

 

The Company’s common stock trades on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “MAFB.” As of March 7, 2003, the Company had 1,841 shareholders of record. The table below shows the reported high and low sales prices of the common stock during the periods indicated as well as the period end closing sales prices.

 

    

December 31, 2002


  

December 31, 2001


    

High


  

Low


  

Close


  

Dividend


  

High


  

Low


  

Close


  

Dividend


First Quarter

  

$

35.29

  

28.70

  

35.25

  

.15

  

29.00

  

24.81

  

27.38

  

.10

Second Quarter

  

 

40.11

  

34.37

  

37.60

  

.15

  

31.25

  

25.69

  

30.70

  

.12

Third Quarter

  

 

38.04

  

29.60

  

30.90

  

.15

  

32.73

  

24.30

  

28.66

  

.12

Fourth Quarter

  

 

35.41

  

28.60

  

34.00

  

.15

  

30.25

  

26.10

  

29.50

  

.12

 

The Company declared $0.60 per share in dividends during the year ended December 31, 2002, and $0.46 per share in dividends for the year ended December 31, 2001. The Company’s ability to pay cash dividends primarily depends on cash dividends received from the Bank. Dividend payments from the Bank are subject to various regulatory restrictions. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation and Supervision—Federal Savings Institution Regulation—Limitation on Capital Distributions.”

 

The following table summarizes certain information about equity compensation plans of the Company as of December 31, 2002:

 

Plan Category


    

Number Of Securities To Be Issued Upon Exercise Of Outstanding Options, Warrants And Rights


    

Weighted-Average Exercise Price Of Outstanding Options, Warrants And Rights


    

Number Of Securities Remaining Available
For Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected In Column (A))


 
      

(A)

    

(B)

    

(C)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    

2,892,035

    

$

25.65

    

536,357

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    

—  

    

 

—  

    

22,354

(1)

      
    

    

Total

    

2,892,035

    

$

25.65

    

558,711

 

      
    

    


(1)   Represents shares reserved for issuance under deferred compensation plans, which shares may be issued to executive officers and directors, if any, electing to defer cash compensation otherwise payable to them. The number of shares allocated to plan participants is determined based on the fair market value of shares at the time of compensation deferral.

 

40


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth certain summary consolidated financial data at or for the periods indicated. This information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included herein. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

    

December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

1999


  

1998


 
    

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Selected Financial Data:

                                  

Total assets

  

$

5,937,181

 

  

5,595,039

 

  

5,195,588

 

  

4,658,065

  

4,121,087

 

Loans receivable, net

  

 

4,530,932

 

  

4,447,575

 

  

4,328,114

 

  

3,884,569

  

3,319,076

 

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 

365,638

 

  

142,158

 

  

104,385

 

  

133,954

  

183,603

 

Interest-bearing deposits

  

 

28,210

 

  

29,367

 

  

53,392

 

  

51,306

  

24,564

 

Federal funds sold

  

 

100,205

 

  

112,765

 

  

139,268

 

  

35,013

  

79,140

 

Investment securities

  

 

477,943

 

  

487,542

 

  

271,902

 

  

281,129

  

260,945

 

Real estate held for development or sale

  

 

14,938

 

  

12,993

 

  

12,718

 

  

15,889

  

25,134

 

Deposits

  

 

3,751,237

 

  

3,557,997

 

  

2,974,213

 

  

2,699,242

  

2,656,872

 

Borrowed funds

  

 

1,556,500

 

  

1,470,500

 

  

1,728,900

 

  

1,526,363

  

1,034,500

 

Stockholders’ equity

  

 

501,458

 

  

435,873

 

  

387,729

 

  

352,921

  

344,996

 

Book value per share

  

 

21.57

 

  

18.97

 

  

16.78

 

  

14.76

  

13.81

 

Tangible book value per share (1)

  

 

17.18

 

  

14.37

 

  

13.80

 

  

12.20

  

11.32

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

1999


  

1998


 
    

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Selected Operating Data:

                                  

Interest income

  

$

329,490

 

  

345,736

 

  

343,103

 

  

285,092

  

247,263

 

Interest expense

  

 

171,465

 

  

214,489

 

  

217,173

 

  

168,401

  

150,575

 

    


  

  

  
  

Net interest income

  

 

158,025

 

  

131,247

 

  

125,930

 

  

116,691

  

96,688

 

Provision for loan losses

  

 

300

 

  

—  

 

  

1,500

 

  

1,100

  

800

 

    


  

  

  
  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

  

 

157,725

 

  

131,247

 

  

124,430

 

  

115,591

  

95,888

 

Non-interest income:

                                  

Gain on sale of loans receivable

  

 

16,330

 

  

8,691

 

  

1,108

 

  

2,448

  

3,003

 

Net gain (loss) on sale and write-down of investment and mortgage-backed securities

  

 

119

 

  

877

 

  

(444

)

  

1,911

  

1,017

 

Gain on sale of loan servicing rights

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

4,442

 

  

—  

  

—  

 

Income from real estate operations

  

 

9,717

 

  

11,484

 

  

9,536

 

  

9,630

  

4,517

 

Deposit account service charges

  

 

22,239

 

  

16,535

 

  

12,715

 

  

10,200

  

8,626

 

Loan servicing fee income (expense)

  

 

(2,472

)

  

(371

)

  

1,686

 

  

1,761

  

1,400

 

Valuation (allowance) recovery of mortgage servicing rights

  

 

(2,300

)

  

(904

)

  

 

  

900

  

(1,269

)

Other

  

 

12,730

 

  

10,806

 

  

8,400

 

  

7,994

  

8,256

 

    


  

  

  
  

Total non-interest income

  

 

56,363

 

  

47,118

 

  

37,443

 

  

34,844

  

25,550

 

Non-interest expense:

                                  

Compensation and benefits

  

 

59,098

 

  

48,221

 

  

41,197

 

  

37,845

  

34,494

 

Office occupancy and equipment

  

 

11,670

 

  

9,011

 

  

8,124

 

  

7,274

  

6,645

 

Advertising and promotion

  

 

4,844

 

  

4,355

 

  

3,569

 

  

3,149

  

2,281

 

Amortization of goodwill and core deposit intangibles

  

 

1,649

 

  

4,578

 

  

4,475

 

  

3,884

  

2,411

 

Other

  

 

22,081

 

  

17,259

 

  

15,638

 

  

15,528

  

13,112

 

    


  

  

  
  

Total non-interest expense

  

 

99,342

 

  

83,424

 

  

73,003

 

  

67,680

  

58,943

 

    


  

  

  
  

Income before income taxes and extraordinary item

  

 

114,746

 

  

94,941

 

  

88,870

 

  

82,755

  

62,495

 

Income taxes

  

 

40,775

 

  

35,466

 

  

32,311

 

  

31,210

  

23,793

 

    


  

  

  
  

Income before extraordinary item

  

 

73,971

 

  

59,475

 

  

56,559

 

  

51,545

  

38,702

 

Extraordinary item (2)

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

  

(456

)

    


  

  

  
  

Net income

  

$

73,971

 

  

59,475

 

  

56,559

 

  

51,545

  

38,246

 

    


  

  

  
  

Basic earnings per share

  

$

3.19

 

  

2.62

 

  

2.43

 

  

2.13

  

1.70

 

    


  

  

  
  

Diluted earnings per share

  

$

3.11

 

  

2.56

 

  

2.40

 

  

2.07

  

1.65

 

    


  

  

  
  

 

41


Table of Contents
    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

1999


    

1998


 
    

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

                                    

Return on average assets

  

 

1.29

%

  

1.14

 

  

1.14

 

  

1.20

 

  

1.07

 

Return on average equity

  

 

15.83

 

  

14.82

 

  

15.57

 

  

14.98

 

  

13.87

 

Average stockholders’ equity to average assets

  

 

8.14

 

  

7.70

 

  

7.34

 

  

8.03

 

  

7.73

 

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

  

 

8.45

 

  

7.79

 

  

7.46

 

  

7.58

 

  

8.37

 

Tangible and core capital to total assets (Bank only)

  

 

6.78

 

  

6.44

 

  

6.32

 

  

6.32

 

  

6.67

 

Risk-based capital ratio (Bank only)

  

 

11.85

 

  

11.31

 

  

11.98

 

  

12.32

 

  

13.42

 

Interest rate spread during period

  

 

2.59

 

  

2.22

 

  

2.30

 

  

2.52

 

  

2.47

 

Net yield on average interest-earning assets

  

 

2.93

 

  

2.64

 

  

2.68

 

  

2.88

 

  

2.85

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

  

 

110.46

 

  

109.62

 

  

108.10

 

  

108.56

 

  

108.62

 

Non-interest expense to average assets

  

 

1.73

 

  

1.60

 

  

1.48

 

  

1.58

 

  

1.65

 

Non-interest expense to average assets and average loans serviced for others

  

 

1.33

 

  

1.33

 

  

1.22

 

  

1.25

 

  

1.28

 

Efficiency ratio

  

 

46.36

 

  

47.00

 

  

44.56

 

  

45.19

 

  

48.54

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:

                                    

Including interest on deposits

  

 

1.42

x

  

1.44

x

  

1.41

x

  

1.48

x

  

1.41

x

Excluding interest on deposits

  

 

1.89

x

  

2.00

x

  

1.86

x

  

2.18

x

  

2.11

x

Non-performing loans to total loans

  

 

.58

%

  

.45

 

  

.39

 

  

.40

 

  

.43

 

Non-performing assets to total assets

  

 

.47

 

  

.37

 

  

.36

 

  

.50

 

  

.54

 

Cumulative one-year gap

  

 

10.23

 

  

(3.57

)

  

(5.18

)

  

(11.47

)

  

(4.23

)

Number of deposit accounts

  

 

393,801

 

  

377,015

 

  

339,340

 

  

314,396

 

  

305,411

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others

  

$

2,021,512

 

  

1,401,607

 

  

785,350

 

  

1,226,874

 

  

1,065,126

 

Loan originations and purchases

  

 

3,691,170

 

  

2,827,594

 

  

1,484,220

 

  

1,711,337

 

  

1,754,009

 

Retail banking offices

  

 

34

 

  

32

 

  

27

 

  

25

 

  

24

 

Stock Price and Dividend Information:

                                    

High

  

$

40.11

 

  

32.73

 

  

30.00

 

  

27.50

 

  

29.25

 

Low

  

 

28.60

 

  

24.30

 

  

15.50

 

  

18.88

 

  

18.75

 

Close

  

 

34.00

 

  

29.50

 

  

28.44

 

  

20.94

 

  

26.50

 

Cash dividends declared per share

  

 

.60

 

  

.46

 

  

.39

 

  

.34

 

  

.257

 

Dividend payout ratio

  

 

19.29

%

  

17.56

 

  

16.05

 

  

15.96

 

  

15.12

 


(1)   In computing tangible book value per share, the Company excludes goodwill and core deposit intangible assets from stockholders’ equity.
(2)   The extraordinary item in the year ended December 31, 1998 represent charges for the early extinguishment of debt, net of tax benefits.

 

42


Table of Contents

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Overview and Outlook

 

Net income for the Company totaled $74.0 million, or $3.11 per diluted share in 2002, an increase of 21.6% over prior year earnings. Net income for 2001 was $59.5 million, or $2.56 per diluted share. Earnings growth in 2002 was primarily attributable to a substantial increase in net interest income resulting from the low interest rate environment experienced throughout 2002, leading to funding costs on liabilities declining at a faster pace than the reduction in yields on earning assets. Highlights for 2002 are as follows.

 

    Mortgage loans originated by the Bank were a record $3.70 billion in response to an increase in refinancing activity, as long-term interest rates fell to 40-year lows in 2002.

 

    The record loan production was nearly 45% fixed-rate, or $1.65 billion, which led to the Bank selling a record $1.31 billion of mortgage loans into the secondary market as part of its long-term strategy of managing its interest-rate risk by selling long-term fixed rate mortgages. Gains on loan sales were $16.3 million in 2002, compared to $8.7 million in 2001.

 

    The Bank increased deposit account service charge income by 34.5% to $22.2 million in 2002. The number of checking accounts increased a net 9.5%.

 

    Despite a slowing U.S. economy, the Chicago area housing market remained relatively firm during 2002, and the Company’s land development operations posted income from real estate operations of $9.7 million in 2002, primarily from the Company’s Tallgrass of Naperville residential project.

 

    Due to the acquisition of Mid Town and continued growth in the Bank’s branch network, non-interest expense rose 19.1%. However, the Company maintained a 46.4% efficiency ratio for 2002.

 

    The elimination of goodwill amortization resulting from the implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) Nos. 142 and 147 on January 1, 2002 added $3.0 million, or $.13 per diluted share to earnings for 2002.

 

Assuming the economy remains sluggish and the yield curve remains relatively unchanged in 2003, management expects modest balance sheet growth, lower loan origination volume and lower loan sale volumes. Based on this outlook, the Company is currently projecting results for 2003 in the range of $3.30-$3.35 per diluted share.

 

Business Combinations

 

The Company’s business combinations during the past three years are the following:

 

Selling Entity


    

Transaction


    

Date
Completed


    

Acquired Deposits


    

Acquired
Loans


    

Intangibles
Recorded


                           

(In thousands)

      

Mid Town Bancorp

    

Acquisition

    

November 2001

    

$

270,318

    

210,020

    

41,384

M&I Bank, FSB

    

Branch purchases

    

April 2000

    

 

89,800

    

5,292

    

12,139

                    

    
    

 

On December 17, 2002, the Company announced it had reached an agreement to acquire Fidelity Bancorp in an all-stock transaction valued at approximately $101 million on the date of announcement. The Company expects to repurchase 850,000 of the shares to

 

43


Table of Contents

be issued in the transaction, representing approximately 3.3% of its projected outstanding shares after the merger. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to close in mid-2003 and be neutral to earnings per share for 2003 and approximately 1-2% accretive to earnings per share in 2004, in each case assuming completion of the stock repurchases. At December 31, 2002, Fidelity had assets of $730 million, deposits of $463 million and five branch offices in the Chicago area.

 

On February 17, 2003, the Company announced that the Bank had entered into an agreement to purchase a branch of UmbrellaBank, fsb in Chicago, IL. The transaction involves the purchase of approximately $7 million in deposits. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to close in March or April of 2003.

 

As it has in recent years, the Company expects to continue to search for and evaluate potential acquisition opportunities that will enhance franchise value and may periodically be presented with opportunities to acquire other institutions, branches or deposits in the market it serves, or which allow the Company to expand outside its current primary market areas of DuPage County and the City of Chicago. Management intends to review acquisition opportunities across a variety of parameters, including the potential impact on its financial condition as well as its financial performance in the future. It is anticipated that future acquisitions, if any, will likely be valued at a premium to book value, and at a premium to current market value. As such, management anticipates that acquisitions made by the Company may include some book value per share dilution and possible short-term earnings per share dilution for the Company’s shareholders depending on the Company’s success in integrating the operations of businesses acquired and the level of cost savings and revenue enhancements that may be achieved.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon its consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and are more fully described in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements found in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The preparation of these consolidated financial statements require that management make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense, as well as related disclosures of contingencies. Management’s judgment is based on historical experience, terms of existing contracts, market trends, and other information available to management. The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

 

Allowance for loan losses.    In evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and determining, if any, the related provision for loan losses, management considers: (1) subjective factors, including local and general economic business factors and trends, portfolio concentrations and changes in the size and/or general terms of the loan portfolio, (2) historical loss experience and the change in the mix of the overall portfolio composition over the last five years, (3) specific allocations based upon probable losses identified during the review of the portfolio, and (4) delinquency in the portfolio and the composition of non-performing loans including the percent of non-performing loans with supplemental mortgage insurance. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses to provide a reserve against estimated losses in the Bank’s loans receivable portfolio. The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s estimate of the reserves needed to cover probable losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio.

 

Valuation of mortgage servicing rights.    The Bank capitalizes the estimated value of mortgage servicing rights upon the sale of loans. The Bank’s estimated value takes into consideration contractually known amounts, such as loan balance, term, contract rate, and whether the customer escrows funds with the Bank for the payment of taxes and insurance.

 

44


Table of Contents

These estimates are impacted by loan prepayment speeds, earnings on escrow funds, as well as the discount rate used to present value the cash flow stream. Subsequent to the establishment of this asset, management reviews the fair value of mortgage servicing rights on a quarterly basis using current prepayment speed, cash flow and discount rate estimates. Changes in these estimates impact fair value, and could require the Bank to record a valuation allowance, as it did for $2.3 million in 2002 and $904,000 in 2001. Should estimates assumed by management regarding future prepayment speeds on the underlying loans supporting the mortgage servicing rights prove to be incorrect, additional valuation allowances could occur, or contrarily, valuation allowances could be recovered if changing estimates increase the fair value of mortgage servicing rights.

 

Real estate held for development.    Profits from lot sales in the Company’s real estate developments are based on cash received less the cost of sales per lot, including capitalized interest and an estimate of future costs to be incurred. This is especially true at the outset of a project, where few actual costs have been incurred in the project as a whole. The estimate of total project costs is reviewed on a quarterly basis by project management. Estimates are subject to change for various reasons, including the duration of the project, changes in rules or requirements of the communities where the projects reside, soil and weather conditions, increased project budgets, as well as the general level of inflation. Changes in future estimated costs are recognized in the period of change as either a charge or an addition to income from real estate operations. Additionally, management periodically evaluates the net realizable value from each project by considering other factors, such as pace of lot absorption, sources of funding and timing of disbursements in evaluating the net realizable value of a development at the end of a reporting period. A charge to current earnings would occur if this evaluation indicated a project’s net realizable value did not exceed its recorded cost. Currently, the net realizable value of each land development project the Company is engaged in exceeds the recorded cost of the project.

 

Net Income

 

Net income for the Company was $74.0 million, or $3.11 per diluted share ($3.19 per basic share) for the year ended December 31, 2002, an increase of 21.5% over the prior year’s net income of $59.5 million, or $2.56 per diluted share ($2.62 per basic share) and $56.6 million, or $2.40 per diluted share ($2.43 per basic share) for the year ended December 31, 2000. Additionally, the elimination of goodwill amortization resulting from the implementation of SFAS Nos. 142 and 147 (adopted January 1, 2002) added $3.0 million, or $.13 per diluted share to net income in 2002.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income is the principal source of earnings for the Company, and consists of interest income on loans receivable and mortgage-backed and investment securities, offset by interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income fluctuates due to a variety of reasons, most notably due to the size of the balance sheet, changes in interest rates, and to a lesser extent asset quality. The Company seeks to increase net interest income without materially mismatching maturities of the interest-earning assets it invests in compared to the interest-bearing liabilities that fund such investments.

 

Generally, the Bank is able to increase net interest income at a faster pace when the spread between short-term and long-term U.S. Treasury rates is positive, due to funding costs being more directly tied to shorter-term rates, while loans are tied to intermediate to longer-term rates. Net interest income before the provision for loan losses was $158.0 million in 2002, $131.2 million in 2001, and $125.9 million in 2000. The net interest margin (net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets) for the same periods was 2.93%, 2.64%, and 2.68% respectively.

 

45


Table of Contents

The following table is a summary of 6-month and 10-year U.S. Government yields meant to provide information about the market rates related to the Bank’s pricing of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

 

    

U. S. Treasury Rates


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

6 months


    

10 years


    

Spread


    

6 months


    

10 years


    

Spread


    

6 months


    

10 years


    

Spread


 

Average

  

1.70

%

  

4.59

%

  

2.89

%

  

3.44

%

  

5.00

%

  

1.56

%

  

6.16

%

  

6.02

%

  

-0.14

%

Close

  

1.21

%

  

3.82

%

  

2.61

%

  

1.80

%

  

5.05

%

  

3.25

%

  

5.71

%

  

5.11

%

  

-0.60

%

 

During 2002, U.S. Treasury curve maintained the steepness between short and long-term rates that had begun during 2001. This allowed the Bank to benefit from the impact of low short-term rates on its cost of funds more so than in 2001, as the Bank aggressively reduced rates offered on its core accounts and experienced a decline in certificate of deposit costs as high rate certificates of deposit matured and repriced to lower rates. Each of these factors was more than enough to offset the decline in asset yields due to refinance activity driven by declining long-term interest rates, as well as the decline in yield on ARM loans, which generally reprice off of short-term Treasury rates, and continued decreases in yield on equity lines of credit tied to the Prime rate.

 

During 2001, the U.S. Treasury yield curve went through a dramatic change from 2000 in both the general level of interest rates and the spread between short term and long-term interest rates, as shown above. Beginning in early 2001, with the slowing of the U.S. economy, the Federal Reserve Board began aggressively lowering its target federal funds rate in an effort to stimulate the economy. These cuts were exacerbated by the attacks on the U.S. in September 2001. By the end of 2001, the slope in the U.S. Treasury yield curve between the 6-month Treasury bill and 10-year Treasury Note was 325 basis points, from being inverted by 60 basis points at the beginning of 2001. The impact on the Bank’s net interest income in 2001 was a combination of a decrease in the cost of core deposits, such as passbooks, money markets, and NOW accounts, the downward repricing of maturing certificates of deposits, the downward repricing of ARM loans, as well as shift in loan origination activity towards long-term fixed rate mortgages. Loan prepayments and sales soared with the drop in mortgage rates, and slowed the growth of the bank’s loan portfolio. However, the deposit inflows, coupled with the slower loan growth, allowed the Bank to reduce its reliance on higher cost advances from the FHLB of Chicago. The overall impact of these effects was a relatively flat net interest margin for 2001, when compared to 2000.

 

In 2000, the Bank operated in an interest rate environment that had shrinking to negative spreads between the 6-month Treasury bill and 10-year Treasury Note, which put pressure on its cost of funds, as well as narrowed spreads on ARM loans, thereby squeezing margins. By the end of 2000, the U.S. Treasury yield curve was inverted between the 6-month Treasury bill and 10-year Treasury Note by 60 basis points.

 

46


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets

 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the periods indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense, on a tax equivalent basis, by the average balance of assets or liabilities. Average balances are derived from average daily balances, and include non-performing loans. The yield/cost at December 31, 2002 includes fees which are considered adjustments to yield.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

At December 31, 2002


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    
    

Balance


  

Interest


    

Average Yield/ Cost


    

Balance


  

Interest


    

Average Yield/ Cost


    

Balance


  

Interest


    

Average Yield/ Cost


    

Balance


    

Yield/ Cost


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

                                                                                    

Interest-earning assets:

                                                                                    

Loans receivable

  

$

4,446,989

  

 

288,790

 

  

6.49

%

  

$

4,319,795

  

 

307,780

 

  

7.12

%

  

$

4,164,443

  

 

304,349

 

  

7.31

%

  

$

4,550,415

 

  

6.09

%

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 

239,299

  

 

11,295

 

  

4.72

 

  

 

123,616

  

 

7,229

 

  

5.85

 

  

 

118,200

  

 

7,957

 

  

6.73

 

  

 

365,638

 

  

4.98

 

Investment securities (1)

  

 

502,971

  

 

24,940

 

  

4.96

 

  

 

377,164

  

 

22,960

 

  

6.09

 

  

 

274,021

  

 

19,782

 

  

7.22

 

  

 

477,943

 

  

4.72

 

Interest-bearing deposits

  

 

93,647

  

 

2,131

 

  

2.28

 

  

 

39,139

  

 

1,914

 

  

4.89

 

  

 

33,212

  

 

2,459

 

  

7.40

 

  

 

28,210

 

  

1.77

 

Federal funds sold

  

 

126,971

  

 

2,906

 

  

2.29

 

  

 

115,564

  

 

6,133

 

  

5.31

 

  

 

115,857

  

 

8,704

 

  

7.51

 

  

 

100,205

 

  

1.24

 

    

  


         

  


         

  


         


      

Total interest-earning assets

  

 

5,409,877

  

 

330,062

 

  

6.10

 

  

 

4,975,278

  

 

346,016

 

  

6.95

 

  

 

4,705,733

  

 

343,251

 

  

7.29

 

  

 

5,522,411

 

  

5.78

 

Non-interest earning assets

  

 

329,522

                  

 

239,197

                  

 

242,499

                  

 

414,770

 

      
    

                  

                  

                  


      

Total assets

  

$

5,739,399

                  

$

5,214,475

                  

$

4,948,232

                  

$

5,937,181

 

      
    

                  

                  

                  


      

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:

                                                                                    

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                                                                    

Deposits

  

 

3,415,207

  

 

90,963

 

  

2.67

 

  

 

2,958,748

  

 

120,664

 

  

4.09

 

  

 

2,701,476

  

 

115,509

 

  

4.26

 

  

 

3,462,114

 

  

2.14

 

Borrowed funds

  

 

1,482,487

  

 

80,502

 

  

5.43

 

  

 

1,580,106

  

 

93,825

 

  

5.94

 

  

 

1,651,852

  

 

101,664

 

  

6.15

 

  

 

1,556,500

 

  

5.08

 

    

  


         

  


         

  


         


      

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  

 

4,897,694

  

 

171,465

 

  

3.51

 

  

 

4,538,854

  

 

214,489

 

  

4.73

 

  

 

4,353,328

  

 

217,173

 

  

4.98

 

  

 

5,018,614

 

  

3.05

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

  

 

245,359

                  

 

163,990

                  

 

131,807

                  

 

289,123

 

      

Other liabilities

  

 

129,164

                  

 

110,333

                  

 

99,886

                  

 

127,986

 

      
    

                  

                  

                  


      

Total liabilities

  

 

5,272,217

                  

 

4,813,177

                  

 

4,585,021

                  

 

5,435,723

 

      

Stockholders’ equity

  

 

467,182

                  

 

401,298

                  

 

363,211

                  

 

501,458

 

      
    

                  

                  

                  


      

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  

$

5,739,399

                  

$

5,214,475

                  

$

4,948,232

                  

$

5,937,181

 

      
    

                  

                  

                  


      

Net interest income/interest rate spread

         

$

158,597

 

  

2.59

%

         

$

131,527

 

  

2.22

%

         

$

126,078

 

  

2.30

%

           

2.73

%

           


  

         


  

         


  

               

Net earning assets/net yield on average interest-earning assets

  

$

512,183

           

2.93

%

  

$

436,424

           

2.64

%

  

$

352,405

           

2.68

%

  

$

503,797

 

      
    

           

  

           

  

           

  


      

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

         

 

110.46

%

                

 

109.62

%

                

 

108.10

%

         

 

110.04

%

      
           


                


                


         


      

(1)   Includes average balances of $157.1 million, $106.9 million and $81.0 million stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Bank owned $169.7 million of FHLB stock. Income on a tax equivalent basis is computed assuming a tax rate of approximately 37%.

 

47


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The table below describes the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Bank’s interest income and interest expense on a fully taxable equivalent basis during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rates multiplied by prior volume), and (iii) the net change. Changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

 

    

Year Ended


    

Year Ended


 
    

December 31, 2002 vs. 2001


    

December 31, 2001 vs. 2000


 
    

Total Change


    

Change Due To


    

Total Change


    

Change Due To


 
       

Volume


    

Rate


       

Volume


    

Rate


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets:

                                             

Loans receivable

  

$

(18,990

)

  

8,862

 

  

(27,852

)

  

$

3,431

 

  

11,183

 

  

(7,752

)

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 

4,066

 

  

5,683

 

  

(1,617

)

  

 

(728

)

  

352

 

  

(1,080

)

Investment securities

  

 

1,980

 

  

6,746

 

  

(4,766

)

  

 

3,178

 

  

6,622

 

  

(3,444

)

Interest-bearing deposits

  

 

217

 

  

1,636

 

  

(1,419

)

  

 

(545

)

  

388

 

  

(933

)

Federal funds sold

  

 

(3,227

)

  

554

 

  

(3,781

)

  

 

(2,571

)

  

(22

)

  

(2,549

)

    


  

  

  


  

  

Total interest income

  

 

(15,954

)

  

23,481

 

  

(39,435

)

  

 

2,765

 

  

18,523

 

  

(15,758

)

    


  

  

  


  

  

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                             

Deposits

  

 

(29,701

)

  

16,553

 

  

(46,254

)

  

 

5,155

 

  

10,204

 

  

(5,049

)

Borrowed funds

  

 

(13,323

)

  

(5,589

)

  

(7,734

)

  

 

(7,839

)

  

(4,330

)

  

(3,509

)

    


  

  

  


  

  

Total interest expense

  

 

(43,024

)

  

10,964

 

  

(53,988

)

  

 

(2,684

)

  

5,874

 

  

(8,558

)

    


  

  

  


  

  

Net change

  

$

27,070

 

  

12,517

 

  

14,553

 

  

$

5,449

 

  

12,649

 

  

(7,200

)

    


  

  

  


  

  

 

Net interest income before the provision for loan losses was $158.0 million in 2002, $131.2 million in 2001, and $125.9 million in 2000. The net interest margin (net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets) for the same periods was 2.93%, 2.64%, and 2.68% respectively.

 

Interest income on loans receivable decreased $19.0 million in 2002 to $288.8 million when compared to 2001. This decrease is due to a 63 basis point decline in the average yield on loans receivable offset by a $127.2 million increase in the average balance of loans receivable. Although the Bank originated record loan volume in 2002, average loans receivable declined slightly, excluding the $210 million of loans added from the Mid Town acquisition in late 2001, as the record originations were offset by sales of fixed-rate originations and high prepayments throughout the year. The decline in average yield was due to prepayments of higher yielding loans as well as downward repricing of ARM loans which are tied to the 1-year Treasury rate, and consumer loans tied to the Prime rate. During 2001, interest income on loans increased $3.4 million, to $307.8 million, as average balances increased $155.4 million, offset by a 19 basis point decrease in average yield on loans as refinance activity during the year due to falling interest rates accelerated prepayments on high yielding loans.

 

Interest income from mortgage-backed securities increased in 2002 to $11.3 million, from $7.2 million in 2001, and $8.0 million in 2000. The increase in mortgage-backed securities income in 2002 is due to a $115.7 million increase in average balances offset by a 113 basis point decrease in the average yield. The Bank purchased $232.0 million in mortgage-backed securities in 2002, primarily with cash from excess prepayments from the Bank’s loan portfolio. In previous years, when loan originations and lower prepayments allowed for growth in the Bank’s loan portfolio, fewer funds were allocated to the purchase of mortgage-backed securities.

 

48


Table of Contents

Interest income from investment securities increased $1.7 million, or 7.4% in 2002 to $24.4 million, while increasing $3.0 million, or 15.5% in 2001 and $3.2 million, or 19.7% in 2000. In 2002 and 2001, the average balance of investments grew by $125.8 million and $103.1 million respectively, in response to heavy loan prepayments and sales leading to higher available levels of cash. The Bank deployed this cash into investment securities such as corporate debt securities, Bank trust preferred securities, preferred stock, and asset-backed securities, as well as an additional $30 million investment in the stock in the FHLB of Chicago. The average yield on investment securities declined 113 basis points during 2002.

 

Interest income from federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits decreased $3.0 million in 2002 to $5.0 million, while decreasing $3.1 million to $8.0 million in 2001, from $11.2 million in 2000. The average balance of liquid investments were $220.6 million, $154.7 million, and $149.1 million in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively, with the higher average balance in 2002 being attributable to the high level of prepayments in the Bank’s loan portfolio.

 

Interest expense on deposits decreased by $29.7 million to $91.0 million in 2002, due to a 142 basis point decrease in average cost of deposits, offset by an increase in average balances of $456.5 million. The increase in average balances is attributable to stronger than normal deposit inflows as well as the acquisition of Mid Town Bank, which added $89.8 million in deposits in November 2001. The decline in the average cost of deposits was due to the maturity of higher coupon certificates of deposits being rolled into lower cost certificates of deposit, as well as a reduction in amounts paid on checking, money market and passbook accounts. Interest expense on deposits increased by $5.2 million to $120.7 million in 2001, due to an increase in average balances of $257.3 million offset by a decrease in the average cost of deposits of 17 basis points.

 

Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased $13.3 million to $80.5 million in 2002, while decreasing $7.8 million in 2001 to $93.8 million, compared to $101.7 million in 2000. Average borrowings decreased $97.6 million in 2002, while the average cost declined 51 basis points and decreased $71.7 million in 2001 while the average cost declined 21 basis points. The decrease in cost during 2002 is primarily due to maturing advances being replaced by lower costing borrowings.

 

The low interest rate environment is expected to have somewhat of a negative impact on the Bank’s net interest margin during 2003. Continued prepayments of higher yielding assets, floating rate assets repricing down and the origination of new loans at lower rates will continue to pressure the yield on earning assets. Although short-term rates are not expected to decline further, maturing certificates of deposit continue to reprice lower, as well as maturing advances from the FHLB of Chicago.

 

Provision for loan losses

 

A provision for loan losses is recorded as necessary to maintain a loan loss reserve management considers adequate to provide coverage for probable losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio. The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $300,000 in 2002, $-0- in 2001, and $1.5 million in 2000. Net charge-offs were $424,000, $59,000 and $518,000 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. In evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and determining, if any, the related provision for loan losses, management considers: (1) subjective factors, including local and general economic business factors and trends, portfolio concentrations and changes in the size and/or general terms of the loan portfolio, (2) historical loss experience and the change in the mix of the overall portfolio composition over the last five years, (3) specific allocations based upon probable losses identified during the review of the portfolio, and (4) delinquency in the portfolio and the composition of non-performing loans including the percent of non-performing loans with supplemental mortgage insurance. At December 31, 2002, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses was $19.5 million, or 76.7% of non-performing loans and

 

49


Table of Contents

.44% of total loans, compared to $19.6 million, or 100.8% of non-performing loans and .45% of total loans at December 31, 2001. At December 31, 2000, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses was $18.3 million, or 109.3% of non-performing loans and .42% of total loans. The $1.3 million increase in the allowance for loan losses in 2001 was primarily due to the $1.4 million allowance acquired in the Mid Town acquisition.

 

Non-interest income

 

Non-interest income is another significant source of revenue for the Company. It consists of fees earned on deposit products and services, gains and losses from asset sale activity and income from real estate operations. Although changes in interest rates can have an impact on revenues from these sources, the impact is generally less than the impact on net interest income. Non-interest income was $56.4 million, $47.1 million, and $37.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The table below shows the composition of non-interest income for the periods indicated.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

Percentage Increase(Decrease)


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(In thousands)

               

Gain (loss) on sale and writedown of assets:

                                    

Loans receivable

  

$

16,330

 

  

8,691

 

  

1,108

 

  

87.9

%

  

684.4

%

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 

39

 

  

(2

)

  

(700

)

  

20.5

 

  

99.7

 

Investment securities

  

 

80

 

  

879

 

  

256

 

  

(90.9

)

  

243.4

 

Foreclosed real estate

  

 

179

 

  

347

 

  

258

 

  

(48.4

)

  

34.5

 

Loan servicing rights

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

4,442

 

  

—  

 

  

(100.0

)

Income from real estate operations

  

 

9,717

 

  

11,484

 

  

9,536

 

  

(15.4

)

  

21.3

 

    


  

  

  

  

Total gain on sale of assets and income from real estate operations

  

 

26,345

 

  

21,399

 

  

14,900

 

  

23.1

 

  

43.6

 

    


  

  

  

  

Deposit account service charges

  

 

22,239

 

  

16,535

 

  

12,715

 

  

34.5

 

  

30.0

 

Brokerage commissions

  

 

2,702

 

  

2,371

 

  

2,322

 

  

14.0

 

  

2.1

 

Mortgage loan related fees

  

 

3,635

 

  

2,950

 

  

1,738

 

  

69.7

 

  

69.7

 

Loan servicing fee income (expense)

  

 

(2,472

)

  

(371

)

  

1,686

 

  

56.6

 

  

N/A

 

Valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights

  

 

(2,300

)

  

(904

)

  

—  

 

  

154.4

 

  

(100.0

)

Bank owned life insurance

  

 

1,440

 

  

1,440

 

  

1,320

 

  

—  

 

  

9.1

 

Insurance commissions

  

 

593

 

  

596

 

  

594

 

  

(0.1

)

  

0.3

 

Safe deposit box fees

  

 

612

 

  

476

 

  

446

 

  

28.6

 

  

6.7

 

Title agency fees

  

 

805

 

  

541

 

  

97

 

  

48.8

 

  

(53.4

)

Real estate owned operations, net

  

 

(86

)

  

(166

)

  

(246

)

  

151.8

 

  

32.5

 

Assumed premium income

  

 

981

 

  

83

 

  

—  

 

  

N/A

 

  

N/A

 

Other

  

 

1,869

 

  

2,168

 

  

1,871

 

  

13.8

 

  

41.9

 

    


  

  

  

  

    

$

56,363

 

  

47,118

 

  

37,443

 

  

19.6

%

  

25.8

%

    


  

  

  

  

 

Gain on sale of loans and mortgage-backed securities.    The Bank recorded a net gain on the sale of loans receivable of $16.3 million in 2002, compared to $8.7 million in 2001, and $1.1 million in 2000. Loan sales were $1.31 billion, $1.02 billion and $335.7 million, in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Sales in 2002 and 2001 were driven by the high level of fixed-rate loan originations due to falling interest rates. The Company believes that during 2003, interest rates will stabilize, decreasing the percentage of long-term fixed rate loan originations, thereby reducing sales volumes and gains in 2003 compared to the amounts recorded in 2002. The $700,000 loss on mortgage-backed securities in 2000 is the result of a sale of a $9.3 million floating rate CMO. The security was sold at that time to redeploy the proceeds into higher yielding assets.

 

Gains and losses on loans receivable include gains and losses from the sale of loans originated by the Bank and swapped into mortgage-backed securities prior to sale. The Bank swapped and sold $58.8 million in 2002 compared to $76.7 million in 2001 and $9.3 million

 

50


Table of Contents

in 2000. The decision to swap loans into mortgage-backed securities and sell versus sell whole loans to FNMA or FHLMC is based primarily on price differences at the time of sale, and sales are executed in the manner that maximizes profit to the Bank. The Bank has generally held few of these mortgage-backed securities relating to loans that it originated and swapped in its portfolio.

 

Gains on sale of investment securities.    The Company had net gains on the sale of investment securities of $80,000 in 2002, $879,000 in 2001, and $256,000 in 2000. Gross gains on the sale of securities in 2002 of $3.1 million were offset by a $3.0 million writedown on an $8.5 million floating-rate debt security that was in default following its maturity in December 2002. The security is collateralized by various aircraft leased to a major carrier that filed bankruptcy in the fourth quarter of 2002. The security is current with respect to interest payments at December 31, 2002. During 2001 and 2000, gains generated were primarily from the sales of equity securities and to a lesser extent, corporate debt securities.

 

Income from real estate operations.    Income from real estate operations was $9.7 million in 2002, $11.5 million in 2001 and $9.5 million in 2000, related to the projects shown below:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

Lots Sold


  

Income (Loss)


  

Lots Sold


  

Income (Loss)


  

Lots Sold


  

Income (Loss)


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Tallgrass of Naperville

  

120

  

$

9,570

  

205

  

$

10,712

  

306

  

$

8,699

Shenandoah

  

—  

  

 

147

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

 

—  

Woodbridge

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

 

501

  

—  

  

 

418

Hannaford Farm

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

 

271

  

—  

  

 

—  

Reigate Woods

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

10

  

 

210

Harmony Grove

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

 

104

Creekside of Remington

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

75

  

 

105

    
  

  
  

  
  

    

120

  

$

9,717

  

205

  

$

11,484

  

391

  

$

9,536

    
  

  
  

  
  

 

The 952-lot Tallgrass of Naperville project concluded its fourth straight year of solid lot sales in 2002, with 120 lot sales generating $9.6 million in income. Average profit margins on sales in this project have steadily increased since the beginning of the project due to the high demand for lots in this area leading to higher prices, while construction costs have remained stable compared to original estimates. To date, 903 lots have been sold. Tallgrass also has 12.8 acres of commercially-zoned land, as well as 19.3 acres zoned multi-family. During 2002 approximately half of the townhome parcel was sold at a profit of $2.2 million, the remaining half is under contract and expected to close in late 2003. Management currently expects continued lot sales in Tallgrass during 2003, including the expected bulk sales of the commercial acreage and the townhome parcel, as well as the first lot sales in Shenandoah. Based on the expected lot sales and closings, pre-tax income from real estate development for 2003 is expected to be in the range of $11.0-$13.0 million. The $147,000 profit recognized in the Shenandoah project represents a gain from the sale of undeveloped land to a park district next to the development.

 

In 2001, the Bank sold its final two commercial parcels in the Woodbridge subdivision. One parcel was sold to the Bank, with no profit recognized, that will be used for a future branch site. Profit in 2000 also represent sales of commercial properties in Woodbridge. The $271,000 profit recognized in the Hannaford Farm project represents a gain from the sale of undeveloped land after the Company decided not to develop this parcel into residential lots upon receiving unfavorable zoning. The Reigate Woods, Harmony Grove, and Creekside of Remington projects were all completed in 2000.

 

51


Table of Contents

Deposit account service charges.    Deposit account service charges increased to $22.2 million in 2002, compared to $16.5 million in 2001, and $12.7 million in 2000. The primary source of these fees is from checking account charges for non-sufficient funds, service charges, sustained overdraft fees, debit card usage, and automated teller machine services. Increases are a function of a higher number of checking accounts, new fees charged for services, as well as increases in existing fee schedules. The number of checking accounts maintained by the Bank was 154,000, 140,700, and 116,000 at December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. The Company currently expects to report continued strong fee income throughout 2003, due to continued sales efforts to increase its checking base, as well as the addition of new branches.

 

Brokerage commissions.    Through the Bank’s affiliation with INVEST, the Bank offers investment products to its customers such as mutual funds, annuities and other brokerage services. Commission revenue increased to $2.7 million in 2002 compared to $2.4 million in 2001, and $2.3 million in 2000. The increase in revenue in 2002 is due to an increase in the sale of insurance products, which have higher commission percentages. Sales of equity and mutual fund products remained static due to weak stock market performance. Flat revenues in 2001 are attributable to less than favorable equity markets and consumer desire for less risky investments, especially in the wake of the terrorist attacks on the U.S. in September 2001.

 

Mortgage loan related fees.    Mortgage loan related fees include late charge income on loans owned and serviced by the Bank, inspection fee income for construction loans and loan modification income for refinance transactions. Income from these sources was $3.6 million in 2002, $3.0 million in 2001, and $1.7 million in 2000. The increase in 2002 and 2001 was due to the high levels of refinance activity that the Bank was able to direct to its modification department. In lieu of a full refinance transaction, the Bank, for a fee, will modify certain contractual terms of a customer’s loan. The Bank treats the modified loan as if it was paid off, and amortizes any remaining deferred fees or expenses as interest income. With the recent stabilizing interest rate environment, management expects fee income from loan modifications to be lower in 2003 compared to the current year.

 

Loan servicing fee income (expense).    Loan servicing fee income (expense) was ($2.5) million in 2002, compared to expense of ($371,000) in 2001, and income of $1.7 million in 2000. Despite a 62.5% increase in the average balance of loans serviced for others during 2002, accelerated amortization of capitalized mortgage servicing rights due to higher than estimated prepayments more than offset the loan servicing fees earned in 2002 as well as in 2001. Higher rates in 2000 led to stable prepayments on serviced loans. In addition to the expense recognized, a mortgage servicing right valuation allowance was recorded in 2002 and 2001 for $2.3 million and $904,000 respectively. The average balance of loans serviced for others was $1.72 billion, $1.06 billion, and $1.05 billion for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

 

Income from Bank owned life insurance.    The Bank has a $25.9 million investment in bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) to help fund the cost of certain employee benefit plan expenses. The Bank’s BOLI investment consists of the purchase of life insurance on the lives of certain employees from an insurance carrier with a Standard and Poors rating of AA+. The Bank is the sole beneficiary of the life insurance policies. Income is recorded on this investment based on increases in the cash surrender value (“CSV”) of the life insurance policies. To the benefit of the Bank, this income is free from income taxes. Death benefits paid to the Bank will be revenue in the periods received, if any. To date, no such revenue has been recorded. In 2002 and 2001, CSV income recognized on these life insurance policies totaled $1.4 million, while in 2000 it totaled $1.3 million.

 

Assumed premium income.    Through Mid America Re, the Bank began sharing in a portion of the insurance premiums earned by various private mortgage insurance companies on loans it

 

52


Table of Contents

originates, in return for assuming a second-tier layer of risk of loss on insured portions of these loans in late 2001. Income from premiums was $981,000 and $83,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 respectively. The increase was due to 2002 being the first full year of operations.

 

Title agency fees.    The Bank offers limited title search services, primarily on refinance transactions, as agent. Income from this service is generated on a loan by loan basis, and totaled $805,000, $541,000 and $97,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The large increase in 2002 and 2001 is directly related to the increase in refinance activity in those years due to falling interest rates.

 

Other non-interest income.    Other non-interest income includes various other fees charged to customers for money orders, savings bonds, travelers checks, wire transfers, as well as the preferred return on limited partnership investments in residential real estate projects.

 

Non-interest expense

 

Non-interest expense was $99.3 million in 2002, $83.4 million in 2001 and $73.0 million in 2000. The table below shows the composition of non-interest expense for the periods indicated.

 

                   

Percentage


 
    

Year Ended December 31,


  

Increase (Decrease)


 
    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


  

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Compensation

  

$

46,452

  

37,521

  

32,181

  

23.8

%

  

16.6

 

Employee benefits

  

 

12,646

  

10,700

  

9,016

  

18.2

 

  

18.7

 

    

  
  
  

  

Total compensation and benefits

  

 

59,098

  

48,221

  

41,197

  

22.6

 

  

17.0

 

    

  
  
  

  

Occupancy expense

  

 

7,976

  

6,120

  

5,610

  

30.3

 

  

9.1

 

Furniture, fixture and equipment expense

  

 

3,694

  

2,891

  

2,514

  

27.8

 

  

15.0

 

Advertising and promotion

  

 

4,844

  

4,355

  

3,569

  

11.2

 

  

22.0

 

Data processing

  

 

3,655

  

3,103

  

3,034

  

17.8

 

  

2.3

 

Federal deposit insurance premiums

  

 

667

  

617

  

604

  

8.1

 

  

2.2

 

Amortization of goodwill

  

 

—  

  

3,245

  

3,118

  

(100.0

)

  

4.1

 

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

  

 

1,649

  

1,333

  

1,357

  

23.7

 

  

(1.8

)

Other expenses:

                              

Professional fees

  

 

3,030

  

1,518

  

1,583

  

99.6

 

  

(4.1

)

Stationery, brochures and supplies

  

 

1,983

  

1,641

  

1,340

  

20.8

 

  

22.5

 

Postage

  

 

1,899

  

1,473

  

1,281

  

28.9

 

  

15.0

 

Telephone

  

 

1,632

  

1,304

  

1,273

  

25.2

 

  

2.4

 

Bad check write-offs

  

 

1,939

  

1,018

  

670

  

90.5

 

  

51.9

 

Correspondent banking services

  

 

1,050

  

767

  

608

  

36.9

 

  

26.2

 

Title fees, recording fees and credit report expense

  

 

884

  

579

  

564

  

52.7

 

  

2.7

 

OTS assessment fees

  

 

820

  

755

  

661

  

8.6

 

  

14.2

 

Security expense

  

 

631

  

458

  

458

  

37.8

 

  

0.0

 

ATM network fees

  

 

522

  

600

  

562

  

(13.0

)

  

6.8

 

Insurance costs

  

 

497

  

491

  

492

  

1.2

 

  

(0.2

)

Other

  

 

2,872

  

2,935

  

2,508

  

(2.1

)

  

17.0

 

    

  
  
  

  

Total other expenses

  

 

17,759

  

13,539

  

12,000

  

31.2

 

  

12.8

 

    

  
  
  

  

    

$

99,342

  

83,424

  

73,003

  

19.1

 

  

14.3

 

    

  
  
  

  

 

Compensation expense.    Compensation expense was $ 46.5 million in 2002, compared to $37.5 million in 2001 and $32.2 million in 2000. Increases in 2002 are primarily attributable to a full year of operations at branches purchased from Mid Town Bank in November 2001, three other branch openings and increased loan department and secondary market department compensation due to record loan origination and sales volumes.

 

Employee benefits expense.    Employee benefits expense increased $1.9 million to $12.6 million in 2002 compared to $10.7 million in 2001. The increase is primarily due to $906,000 in higher medical expense, as well as higher employer taxes, and retirement plan

 

53


Table of Contents

contributions due to higher headcount. The $1.7 million increase in 2001 compared to 2000 is also primarily attributable to increased medical expense, employer taxes and retirement plan contributions.

 

Occupancy and equipment expense.    Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $2.7 million, or 29.5% during 2002 due to rent expense on the branches acquired from Mid Town and increased operating costs, as well as higher real estate taxes throughout the Bank’s branch network. Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $887,000 between 2001 and 2000 primarily due to increased operating costs from branch acquisitions and real estate taxes.

 

Advertising and promotion expense.    Advertising and promotion expenses increased $489,000 to $4.8 million in 2002, compared to $4.4 million in 2001. The primary reason for the increase is higher radio and newspaper advertising expenses related to the Bank’s efforts in promoting its brand recognition strategy as well as increased public relations costs. Advertising and promotion expense increased $786,000 between 2001 and 2000 due to higher newspaper and billboard advertising expenses.

 

Data processing expense.    Data processing expenses increased $552,000 to $3.7 million in 2002, compared to $3.1 million in 2001, and $3.0 million in 2000. The Bank maintains its own in-house data processing center, and costs relate primarily to depreciation of equipment and communication costs for data transmission between branch locations, as well as the Company’s networking infrastructure.

 

Amortization of goodwill.    Amortization of goodwill ceased in 2002 due to the elimination of goodwill amortization expense resulting from the implementation of SFAS Nos. 142 and 147 effective January 1, 2002. Amortization of goodwill in 2001 was $3.2 million, which increased $127,000 from 2000 primarily due to the Bank’s branch purchases made in 2000.

 

Amortization of core deposit intangible.    Amortization of core deposit intangibles was $1.6 million, $1.3 million, and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The Bank generally recognizes a core deposit intangible in its Bank or branch acquisition transaction, and amortizes them on an accelerated basis over 10 years.

 

Other expenses.    Other expenses include costs such as professional expense, stationery and supplies, postage and telephone expenses incurred in the day-to-day operations of the Company. These costs totaled $17.8 million in 2002, compared to $13.5 million in 2001, and $12.0 million in 2000. The increase in 2002 compared to 2001 included an increase of $1.5 million in professional fees primarily due to $800,000 of costs related to the Department of Justice inquiry. Other increases in 2002, as well as 2001, are due to higher loan volume and expanded branch locations that added costs to the Bank’s operations as well as higher bad check write-offs with the increase in number of checking accounts.

 

Income taxes

 

Income tax expense was $40.8 million in 2002, (effective income tax rate of 35.5%) compared to $35.5 million in 2001 (effective income tax rate of 37.4%). The lower effective income tax rate in the current year compared to a year ago was primarily due to the decline in non-deductible goodwill amortization expense and the recognition in the current period of income tax benefits relating to the resolution of certain prior years’ income tax issues. Income tax expense was $32.3 million in 2000, equal to an effective income tax rate of 36.4%.

 

Review of Financial Condition

 

Total assets increased $342.1 million, or 6.12% to $5.94 billion at December 31, 2002, compared to $5.60 billion at December 31, 2001, primarily due to increases in mortgage-

 

54


Table of Contents

backed securities and loans receivable, funded by an increase in core deposit balances and FHLB borrowings.

 

Cash, interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold increased a combined $38.0 million to $262.7 million at December 31, 2002. Short-term liquidity remained relatively higher than normal due to high loan prepayments. The Bank reinvests funds when available in alternative investments until such a time that it can increase its loan portfolio.

 

At December 31, 2002, the balance of investment securities classified as available for sale decreased to $308.2 million from $355.5 million at December 31, 2001. The decrease is primarily due to sales of $67.9 million, maturities of $88.0 million, offset by purchases of $117.3 million. The Bank has been maintaining the amount of investment securities in its balance sheet as a means of reinvesting higher liquidity, as well as to help diversify interest-rate risk from mortgage-related cash flows. The purchases during the current year were primarily investment grade corporate debt securities, Bank trust preferred securities, preferred stock, as well as a limited amount of asset-backed securities. This portfolio is carried at fair value, and had a cost basis of $307.6 million at December 31, 2002.

 

At December 31, 2002, the Bank held $169.7 million in stock in the FHLB of Chicago, compared to $132.1 million at December 31, 2001. Over and above its required investment of stock in the FHLB of Chicago, the Bank, during 2002, made a discretionary purchase of $30.0 million of stock, seeking to enhance its overall yield of interest-earning assets, as dividend rates over the past several quarters have been well above the short-term U.S. Treasury rates. Discretionary investments in the stock of the FHLB of Chicago are able to be redeemed upon request at par value.

 

At December 31, 2002, mortgage-backed securities classified as available for sale increased $223.5 million to $365.6 million. The increase is primarily due to purchases of $232.0 million during the current year. In addition, $67.6 million of mortgage-backed securities included prepayment protected fixed-rate loans originated by the Bank in prior years were swapped into mortgage-backed securities available for sale at December 31, 2002. Offsetting the purchases and swaps were amortization and prepayments.

 

Included in total mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2002 are $236.3 million of CMO’s with a weighted average life of 1.4 years that are primarily collateralized by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage-backed securities, and to a lesser extent by whole loans.

 

Investment securities and mortgage-backed securities acquired and classified as available-for-sale represent a secondary source of liquidity to the Bank and the Company. The market value of these securities fluctuates with interest rate movements. Net interest income in future periods may be adversely impacted to the extent interest rates increase and these securities are not sold with the proceeds reinvested at the higher market rates. The decision whether to sell the available for sale securities or not, is based on a number of factors, including but not limited to projected funding needs, reinvestment alternatives and the relative cost of alternative liquidity sources. Investments and mortgage-backed securities classified as held to maturity cannot be sold except under extraordinary and very restrictive circumstances. Generally, these investments are acquired for investment after taking into account the Bank’s cash flow needs, the investment’s projected cash flows, the Bank’s overall interest rate and maturity structure of the liability base used to fund these investments and the net interest spread obtained.

 

Loans receivable increased 1.9%, or $83.4 million to $4.5 billion at December 31, 2002. The Bank originated $3.70 billion of mortgage loans during the current year. This volume was mostly offset by amortization and prepayments of $2.22 billion, as well as sales of $1.31 billion. The sold loans were primarily long-term fixed-rate mortgages that are sold as a means of limiting interest-rate risk and generating gains on sale of loans and servicing fee

 

55


Table of Contents

income in the future. However, the Bank did sell a small amount of ARM loan originations in 2002. Loans held for sale increased slightly to $167.8 million at December 31, 2002 compared to $161.1 million at December 31, 2001 due to the continued high level of fixed-rate loan originations.

 

The allowance for loan losses decreased $124,000 to $19.5 million as of December 31, 2002. Due to an increase from the prior year end in one- to four-family loans that are now more than 90 days past due, as of December 31, 2002, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total non-performing loans declined to 76.7%, from 100.8% as of December 31, 2001. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans remained stable at .44% at December 31, 2002 compared to .45% at December 31, 2001. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate.

 

Real estate held for development or sale increased $1.9 million to $14.9 million at December 31, 2002. A summary of real estate held for development or sale is as follows:

 

    

December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


    

(In thousands)

Shenandoah

  

$

7,794

  

4,495

Tallgrass of Naperville

  

 

3,095

  

8,498

Springbank

  

 

4,049

  

—  

    

  
    

$

14,938

  

12,993

    

  

 

The decrease in the 952-lot Tallgrass of Naperville project is primarily due to continued lot sales offset by continued expenditures in the project during the current year. The Company sold 120 lots during 2002 and has no lots under contract at December 31, 2002, with 49 lots remaining to be sold. Additionally, the Tallgrass development has land available for sale that is approved for commercial and multi-family use. The multi-family parcel, with approximately seven acres remaining, is under contract and expected to close in 2003. The first half of this parcel closed in the last quarter of 2002. In addition, one of the two commercial parcels, consisting of approximately five acres, is recently under contract and is currently expected to close in 2003. The other commercial parcel in this development that is available for sale consists of approximately eight acres. The Shenandoah development consists of 326 lots in Plainfield, Illinois. This land was acquired in 2000 and development began in late 2002. Lots are expected to begin closing in 2003. Springbank, another residential development in Plainfield, Illinois, is currently planned to include a range of 1,100-1,300 single-family residential lots as well as multi-family parcels, depending on zoning ordinances and approvals. The carrying value at December 31, 2002 represents engineering costs and an initial land purchase in the project.

 

Premises and equipment increased $8.7 million to $72.5 million at December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to purchases of $14.4 million offset by depreciation and amortization of $6.4 million. The purchases in 2002 included construction of new branch sites, data processing equipment as well as branch facility upgrades. The Bank currently has plans to build five new branch sites over the next two years.

 

Foreclosed real estate increased to $2.4 million at December 31, 2002, compared to $1.4 million at December 31, 2001. Foreclosed real estate at December 31, 2002 consists of seven single-family dwellings.

 

Goodwill decreased $2.1 million to $94.8 million at December 31, 2002 compared to $96.9 million at December 31, 2001. The decrease is due to purchase accounting adjustments related to the Mid Town acquisition. Effective January 1, 2002 the Company adopted SFAS Nos. 142 and 147, which eliminated the amortization of goodwill. Goodwill is subject to periodic impairment analysis. An evaluation was completed as of January 1, 2002, as well as of May 31, 2002. No impairment was deemed necessary as a result of the Company’s analysis. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

Intangibles increased $780,000 to $20.1 million at December 31, 2002 compared to $19.4 million at December 31, 2001. The increase is due to $11.9 million in additions to mortgage servicing rights, offset by amortization of core deposit intangibles and mortgage servicing rights totaling $8.9 million, as well as an additional $2.3 million valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights.

 

Deposits increased $193.2 million to $3.75 billion as of December 31, 2002, an increase of 5.4% over 2001 year end. The Bank experienced a 24.0% increase in money market accounts as a result of a well received competitively priced product, and in total increased its percentage of core deposits (passbooks, money market and NOW accounts) to total deposits to 56.4% at December 31, 2002, compared to 51.8% at December 31, 2001.

 

Borrowed funds increased $86.0 million, or 5.9%, to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2002. The increase in borrowings was primarily in FHLB of Chicago advances, which were used to fund increases in interest-earning assets in excess of deposit inflows during the year. As of December 31, 2002, the Bank had $1.51 billion of FHLB of Chicago advances at a weighted average rate and term to maturity of 5.17% and 3.4 years, respectively, compared to $1.41 billion at a weighted average rate and term to maturity of 5.76% and 3.4 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2001. Of the FHLB advances at December 31, 2002, $480.0 million of advances, with a weighted average term to maturity of 5.1 years, contain various put provisions, with a weighted average term to put of 10 months. The puts are most likely exercised by the FHLB in a period of rising interest rates, and at December 31, 2002 have terms making their put unlikely.

 

Stockholders’ equity of the Company grew to $501.5 million at December 31, 2002, compared to $435.9 million at December 31, 2001, an increase of $65.6 million. The increase in stockholders’ equity is primarily due to comprehensive income of $75.1 million, proceeds from and tax benefits related to stock option exercises of $3.0 million, offset by cash dividends declared of $13.9 million.

 

Management expects growth in total assets to moderately increase in 2003, if prepayments in loans receivable slow in the second half of the year as currently expected, which should allow the Bank’s loan portfolio to expand with funding from increased deposits or additional borrowings.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company’s principal assets are its investments in the Bank and MAFD. To the extent that it does not generate significant earnings outside of these subsidiaries, the Company’s liquidity position is primarily dependent on dividends from the Bank and, to a lesser extent, dividends from MAFD.

 

The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company is dependent on its ability to generate earnings, and to meet regulatory restrictions. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation and Supervision—Federal Savings Institution Regulation—Limitation on Capital Distributions” for a detail of these restrictions. The Bank has not been restricted by these limitations in funding the necessary amounts needed by the Company for its operations, and does not expect to be limited in the future. At December 31, 2002, under current OTS dividend regulations, the Bank has $35.2 million of retained earnings available for dividend declarations. The Company received $35.0 million in dividends from the Bank in 2002, compared to $52.5 million in 2001, and $20.0 million in 2000.

 

The primary uses of funds at the Company consist of principal and interest payments on borrowed funds, cash dividends, and stock repurchases. The Company has also funded loans to and investments in MAFD on an as needed basis. To the extent the Company has

 

57


Table of Contents

excess cash at any time, it will invest funds in investment securities, marketable equity securities or other interest-earning assets.

 

The Company has used stock repurchase programs as a means of providing for future acquisitions, stock option exercises, and other general corporate purposes. The Company has periodically repurchased shares of its common stock since 1993, and has a current repurchase plan that allows for the purchase of up to 500,000 shares of common stock. To date, 33,100 shares have been repurchased under this most recent program, at an average price of $26.12 per share. The Company has utilized shares repurchased primarily for acquisitions, and to a lesser extent for stock option exercises. To date, no shares in treasury have been cancelled.

 

The Company has a $51.0 million unsecured term loan outstanding, a portion of which was used to fund the Mid Town Bancorp (“Mid Town”) acquisition, as well as the use of a $40.0 million unsecured line of credit available for general corporate purposes.

 

Cash dividends paid to common shareholders totaled $13.1 million ($.60 per share declared) in 2002, compared to $9.9 million ($.46 per share declared) in 2001. The increase is primarily due to a 25% increase in the cash dividend rate in 2002 compared to 2001. The most recent quarterly dividend of $.15 per share was paid on January 3, 2003. The payment of cash dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and depends on a variety of factors, including operating results, financial position, and the ability of the Bank to pay dividends up to the holding company. In January 2003, the Company announced a 20% increase in the quarterly cash dividend to $.18 per share beginning with its next quarterly dividend payable in April 2003.

 

The Bank’s principal sources of funds are deposits, advances from the FHLB of Chicago, principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, proceeds from the sale of loans, investment securities, and funds provided by operations. While scheduled loan and mortgage-backed securities amortization and maturing interest-bearing deposits are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan and mortgage-backed securities prepayments are greatly influenced by economic conditions, the general level of interest rates and competition. The Bank utilizes particular sources of funds based on comparative costs and availability.

 

Cash flows from operating activities primarily include net income for the year, adjusted for items in net income that did not impact cash, as well as cash flow activity from mortgage banking activity. The Bank originated for sale and sold $1.31 billion of loans during 2002. The Bank had $167.8 million of loans held for sale at December 31, 2002, up from $161.1 million at December 31, 2001.

 

Cash used in investing activities reflects the impact of loans and investments acquired for the Bank’s interest-earning asset portfolios, as well as cash flows from asset sales, real estate held for development activity and the impact of acquisitions. Cash provided by investing activities totaled a net use of $280.4 million in 2002, compared to a net source of $9.7 million in 2001. During the current year, the Bank originated and purchased $2.36 billion of loans for investment, which were offset by $2.22 billion of loan amortization and prepayments. The higher prepayments led to available liquidity, which was used to purchase investment and mortgage-backed securities, as well as to repay certain maturing borrowings. Cash flow from the Company’s land development operations was positive, as sales of property of $30.4 million were offset by expenditures for land acquisition and development of $14.1 million.

 

Cash provided from financing activities for Bank operations are primarily in the form of savings deposits, FHLB of Chicago advances and to a lesser extent, reverse repurchase agreements. Cash provided from financing activities totaled a net $268.0 million in 2002, compared to $28.0 million in 2001. During the current year net deposits increased $193.6

 

58


Table of Contents

million, and FHLB advances increased a net $100.0 million offset by dividends to shareholders totaling $13.1 million. In 2001, the acquisition of Mid Town led to a net increase in the Company’s unsecured term bank loan of $25.6 million.

 

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

 

The following table lists contractual obligations coming due in the periods indicated at December 31, 2002:

 

    

Total


  

Less than
1 Year


  

1 to 3

Years


  

4 to 5 Years


  

After 5 Years


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Certificate of deposits

  

$

1,634,277

  

1,154,505

  

403,231

  

22,221

  

54,320

Core deposits

  

 

1,827,623

  

1,827,623

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

FHLB of Chicago advances

  

 

1,505,500

  

135,500

  

635,000

  

305,000

  

430,000

Unsecured bank term loan and line of credit

  

 

51,000

  

6,000

  

15,000

  

19,000

  

11,000

Operating leases

  

 

29,300

  

3,100

  

4,400

  

2,900

  

18,900

    

  
  
  
  

Total

  

$

5,047,700

  

3,126,728

  

1,057,631

  

349,121

  

514,220

    

  
  
  
  

 

The Bank historically renews a majority of its certificates upon maturity, as it does not currently use more rate-sensitive brokered certificates for its funding, but rather retail oriented amounts. Additionally, its core deposits, which do not have a stated contractual maturity, have generally been very stable over time, and are not expected to be redeemed in large amounts during 2003. As such, the scheduled $1.15 billion of maturing certificates of deposits in 2003, as well as the balances of core deposits are not expected to put a burden on the Bank’s cash needs. The Bank has the ability to refinance any advance coming due with the FHLB of Chicago, which it will normally do in the course of business if its loan portfolio is growing. Should its loan portfolio growth be slower, due to prepayments in its loan portfolio, the Bank will have adequate liquidity to repay its maturing advances. The unsecured bank term loan and line of credit amounts are repaid through the normal course of business primarily through dividends from the Bank. Net savings outflows, if any, as well as expected loan portfolio growth in 2003 could also be met by additional advances from the FHLB of Chicago. At December 31, 2002, the Bank has approximately $835.0 million of additional borrowing capacity from the FHLB of Chicago and approximately $650.0 million of available collateral capacity under its blanket pledge agreement.

 

The following table lists the off-balance sheet commitments of the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2002:

 

    

Total


  

Less than
1 Year


  

1 to 3 Years


  

4 to 5 Years


  

After 5 Years


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage loan commitments

  

$

751,928

  

751,928

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

Unused equity lines of credit balances(2)

  

 

373,556

  

4,970

  

12,204

  

20,051

  

336,331

Commercial business lines(2)

  

 

25,455

  

20,410

  

1,102

  

879

  

3,064

Letters of credit(1)

  

 

28,687

  

14,978

  

404

  

13,305

  

—  

Commercial business loan commitments

  

 

14,335

  

14,335

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

Real estate development costs(1)

  

 

76,274

  

27,566

  

28,420

  

13,477

  

6,811

    

  
  
  
  

Total

  

$

1,270,235

  

834,187

  

42,130

  

47,712

  

346,206

    

  
  
  
  

(1)   Letters of Credit include $9.6 million related to land development projects which amounts are also included in real estate development costs.
(2)   Balances shown are at the remaining maturity of the commitment.

 

Mortgage loan commitments are funded in the normal course of business through existing liquidity, sales of long-term fixed-rate loans, and prepayments of existing loans. These sources of funds change when ARM originations are higher, at which time the Bank will rely more on funding from the FHLB of Chicago. At December 31, 2002, the Bank has approximately $262.7 million of cash and liquidity, $317.3 million of commitments to sell loans, as well as additional borrowing capacity from the FHLB of Chicago. These sources are

 

59


Table of Contents

also available for the funding of unused equity line of credits. However, the Bank does not expect all of these lines to be used based on historical levels of total lines used by its customers. Real estate development costs represent estimated future disbursements related to current and future planned projects which, in most cases, are not contractual obligations at the present time. Real estate development costs are funded primarily by sales of previously developed lots, and to a lesser extent, borrowings from the Company. It is currently anticipated that cash flow from developed lots in inventory will cover the costs of land development in 2003. However, should lot sales of existing inventory slow, MAFD would ultimately rely on borrowings from the Company, who’s funding capacity is limited to its unsecured bank line of credit, or additional dividends from the Bank. In addition, MAFD would also be able to stop incurring development costs related to future units.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The consolidated financial statements and related consolidated information are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant effect on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the price of goods and services.

 

New Accounting Standards

 

Amortization of Goodwill Under SFAS Nos, 141, 142 and 147

 

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” that eliminated the pooling of interests method of accounting for business combinations, with limited exceptions, for combinations initiated prior to July 1, 2001. In addition, it clarifies the criteria for recognition of intangible assets separately from goodwill. This Statement is effective for business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. The Company followed this pronouncement in accounting for its acquisition of Mid Town Bancorp (“Mid Town”) in November 2001.

 

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which discontinued the amortization of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets and initiated an annual review for impairment, unless more periodic reviews are warranted. Intangible assets with determinable useful lives will continue to be amortized. An evaluation was completed as of January 1, 2002, as well as of May 31, 2002. No impairment was deemed necessary as a result of the Company’s analysis. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually.

 

In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, “Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9.” SFAS No. 72, “Accounting for Certain Acquisitions of Banking or Thrift Institutions,” and FASB Interpretation No. 9, “Applying APB Opinions No. 16 and 17 When a Savings and Loan Association or a Similar Institution Is Acquired in a Business Combination Accounted for by the Purchase Method,” provided interpretive guidance on the application of the purchase method to acquisitions of financial institutions. Except for transactions between two or more mutual enterprises, this Statement removes acquisitions of financial institutions from the scope of both SFAS No. 72 and Interpretation 9 and requires that those transactions be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Thus, the requirement in paragraph 5 of Statement 72 to recognize (and subsequently amortize) any excess of the fair value of liabilities assumed over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired as an unidentifiable intangible asset no longer applies to acquisitions within the scope of this

 

60


Table of Contents

Statement, including branch acquisitions. In addition, this Statement amends SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” to include in its scope long-term customer-relationship intangible assets of financial institutions such as depositor- and borrower-relationship intangible assets and credit cardholder intangible assets. Consequently, those intangible assets are subject to the same undiscounted cash flow recoverability test and impairment loss recognition and measurement provisions that SFAS No. 144 requires for other long-lived assets that are held and used. This Statement is effective on October 1, 2002. The Company adopted SFAS No. 147 on October 1, 2002 and earnings for each of the first three quarters were restated by approximately $163,000 pre-tax each to eliminate goodwill amortization on branch acquisitions.

 

Other New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In September 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” This Statement addresses the financial accounting and reporting for obligations related to the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the related asset retirement costs. The Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. Adoption of this Statement is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment and Disposal of Long-Term Assets.” This Statement supercedes SFAS No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,” as well as the accounting and reporting of the Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations—Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions.” This Statement eliminates the allocation of goodwill to long-lived assets to be tested for impairment and details both a probability-weighted and “primary-asset” approach to estimate cash flows in testing for impairment of long-lived assets. The Company adopted SFAS No. 144 on January 1, 2002 and upon adoption, this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections.” This Statement rescinds SFAS No. 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt,” and an amendment of that Statement, SFAS No. 64, “Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements.” This Statement also rescinds SFAS No. 44, “Accounting for Intangible Assets of Motor Carriers.” This Statement amends SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” to eliminate an inconsistency between the required accounting for sale-leaseback transactions and the required accounting for certain lease modifications that have economic effects that are similar to sale-leaseback transactions. This Statement also amends other existing authoritative pronouncements to make various technical corrections, clarify meanings, or describe their applicability under changed conditions. This Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. Adoption of this Statement is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” This Statement is effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. Adoption of this statement is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

61


Table of Contents

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure.” This statement amends FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods for transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of Statement 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. This Statement is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. Adoption of this Statement did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN 45”), an interpretation of FASB Statement Nos. 5, 57 and 107, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” This interpretation expands the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees and requires the guarantor to recognize a liability for the fair value of an obligation assumed under a guarantee. FIN 45 clarifies the requirements of SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” relating to guarantees. In general, FIN 45 applies to contracts or indemnification agreements that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying instrument that is related to an asset, liability, or equity security of the guaranteed party. Certain guarantee contracts are excluded from both the disclosure and recognition requirements of this interpretation, including, among others, guarantees relating to employee compensation, residual value guarantees under capital lease arrangements, commercial letters of credit, loan commitments, subordinated interests in a special purpose entity, and guarantees of a company’s own future performance. Other guarantees are subject to the disclosure requirements of FIN 45 but not to the recognition provisions and include, among others, a guarantee accounted for as a derivative instrument under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” a parent’s guarantee of debt owed to a third party by its subsidiary or vice versa, and a guarantee which is based on performance not price. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for the Company as of December 31, 2002, and require disclosure of the nature of the guarantee, the maximum potential amount of future payments that the guarantor could be required to make under the guarantee, and the current amount of the liability, if any, for the guarantor’s obligation under the guarantee. The recognition requirements of FIN 45 are to be applied prospectively to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company does not expect the requirements of FIN 45 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Asset/Liability Management and GAP Analysis.    As part of its normal operations, the Bank is subject to interest-rate risk on the interest-sensitive assets it invests in and the interest-sensitive liabilities it borrows. The Bank’s exposure to interest rate risk is reviewed at least quarterly by the Bank’s asset/liability management committee (“ALCO”) and the Board of Directors of the Company. The ALCO, which includes members of senior management, monitors the rate and sensitivity repricing characteristics of the individual asset and liability portfolios the Bank maintains and determines risk management strategies.

 

The Bank utilizes an interest rate sensitivity gap analysis to monitor the relationship of maturing or repricing interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, while maintaining an acceptable interest rate spread. Interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific period of time and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that same period of time, and is usually analyzed at a period of one year. Generally, a positive gap, where more interest-earning assets are repricing or maturing than interest-

 

62


Table of Contents

bearing liabilities, would tend to result in a reduction in net interest income in a period of falling interest rates. Conversely, during a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would likely result in an improvement in net interest income. Management’s goal is to maintain its cumulative one-year gap within the range of (15)% to 15%. The gap ratio fluctuates as a result of market conditions and management’s expectation of future interest rate trends. The Bank’s asset/liability management strategy emphasizes the origination of one- to four-family adjustable-rate loans and other loans which have shorter terms to maturity or reprice more frequently than fixed-rate mortgage loans, yet provide a positive margin over the Bank’s cost of funds, for its own portfolio. Historically, the Bank has generally sold its conforming fixed-rate loan originations in the secondary market in order to maintain its interest rate sensitivity levels.

 

The Bank, except as noted below, has not used derivative financial instruments such as swaps, caps, floors, options or similar financial instruments to manage its interest rate risk. However, in conjunction with its origination and sale strategy discussed above, management does hedge the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risk primarily by committing to sell fixed-rate mortgage loans for future delivery. Under these commitments, the Bank agrees to sell fixed-rate loans at a specified price and at a specified future date. The sale of fixed-rate mortgage loans for future delivery has enabled the Bank to continue to originate new mortgage loans, and to generate gains on sale of these loans as well as loan servicing fee income, while maintaining its gap ratio within the parameters discussed above. Most of these forward sale commitments are conducted with FNMA, FHLMC and MPF with respect to loans that conform to the requirements of these government agencies. The forward commitment of mortgage loans presents a risk to the Bank if the Bank is not able to deliver the mortgage loans by the commitment expiration date. If this should occur, the Bank would be required to pay a fee to the buyer. The Bank attempts to mitigate this risk by charging potential retail borrowers a 1% fee to lock in the interest rate, or by requiring the interest rate to float at market rates until shortly before closing. In addition, the Bank uses U.S. Treasury bond futures contracts to hedge some of the mortgage pipeline exposure. These futures contracts are used to hedge mortgage loan production in those circumstances where loans are not sold forward as described above.

 

The tables on the next pages set forth the scheduled repricing or maturity of the Bank’s assets and liabilities at December 31, 2002 and 2001. The tables use management’s assumptions regarding prepayment percentages on loans and mortgage-backed securities, based on its current experience in these portfolios. The Bank uses the withdrawal assumptions used by the FHLB of Chicago with respect to NOW, checking and passbook accounts, which are annual rates of 17.0%, 17.0%, 17.0%, 16.0%, and 33.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2002, and 2001, the Bank had $91.7 million and $75.2 million, respectively, of investment securities that contain call provisions at the option of the issuer. These investments are shown in the category relating to their final maturities. At December 31, 2002, and 2001, the Bank has $480.5 million and $560.0 million, respectively of FHLB advances that contain put provisions at the option of the FHLB. In 2002, all FHLB advances are shown in the category relating to their final maturities, while in 2001, $25 million of the total putable FHLB advances were shown in the six months or less category with the remaining $535.0 million shown in the category relating to their final maturities.

 

The effect of these assumptions is to quantify the dollar amount of items that are interest-sensitive and may be repriced within each of the periods specified. Certain shortcomings are inherent in using gap analysis to quantify exposure to interest rate risk. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or repricings in the table, they may react differently to actual changes in market interest rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. This is especially true in circumstances where management has a certain amount of control over interest rates, such as the pricing of deposits. Additionally, certain assets such as hybrid adjustable-rate mortgage loans have features that restrict changes in

 

63


Table of Contents

interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Finally, as interest rates change, loan prepayment rates will differ from those rates assumed by management in the table.

 

Although management believes that its asset/liability management strategies mitigate the potential effects of changes in interest rates on the Bank’s operations, further decreases in interest rates in the short run may adversely affect the Bank’s operations because the Bank’s interest-earning assets which mature or reprice within one year are currently greater than the Bank’s interest-bearing liabilities which mature or reprice within the same period. Conversely, increases in interest rates could benefit the Bank’s operation primarily due to a slowing of prepayments on high yielding loans receivable and mortgage-backed securities.

 

    

December 31, 2002


    

< 1/2 Yr.


    

1/2 - 1 Yr.


  

1 - 3 Yrs.


  

3 - 5 Yrs.


  

5+ Yrs.


    

Total


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest-earning assets:

                                   

Loans receivable

  

$

1,241,631

 

  

641,954

  

1,266,564

  

732,049

  

668,217

 

  

4,550,415

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 

69,531

 

  

38,727

  

89,231

  

64,145

  

104,004

 

  

365,638

Investment securities (1)

  

 

349,578

 

  

22,571

  

71,420

  

17,482

  

16,892

 

  

477,943

Interest-bearing deposits

  

 

100,205

 

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

100,205

Federal funds sold

  

 

28,210

 

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

28,210

    


  
  
  
  

  

Total interest-earning assets

  

 

1,789,155

 

  

703,252

  

1,427,215

  

813,676

  

789,113

 

  

5,522,411

Impact of hedging activities (2)

  

 

167,780

 

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

  

(167,780

)

  

—  

    


  
  
  
  

  

Total net interest-earning assets, adjusted for impact of hedging activities

  

 

1,956,935

 

  

703,252

  

1,427,215

  

813,676

  

621,333

 

  

5,522,411

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                   

NOW and checking accounts

  

 

30,846

 

  

28,223

  

103,299

  

64,167

  

136,355

 

  

362,890

Money market accounts

  

 

458,144

 

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

458,144

Passbook accounts

  

 

85,560

 

  

78,288

  

286,532

  

177,987

  

378,223

 

  

1,006,590

Certificate accounts

  

 

869,202

 

  

286,017

  

403,058

  

67,922

  

8,291

 

  

1,634,490

FHLB advances

  

 

115,500

 

  

50,000

  

605,000

  

305,000

  

430,000

 

  

1,505,500

Other borrowings

  

 

51,000

 

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

51,000

    


  
  
  
  

  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  

 

1,610,252

 

  

442,528

  

1,397,889

  

615,076

  

952,869

 

  

5,018,614

    


  
  
  
  

  

Interest sensitivity gap

  

$

346,683

 

  

260,724

  

29,326

  

198,600

  

(331,536

)

  

503,797

    


  
  
  
  

  

Cumulative gap

  

$

346,683

 

  

607,407

  

636,733

  

835,333

  

503,797

 

    
    


  
  
  
  

    

Cumulative gap as a percentage of total assets

  

 

5.84

%

  

10.23

  

10.72

  

14.07

  

8.49

 

    

Cumulative net interest-earning assets as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities

  

 

121.53

%

  

129.59

  

118.45

  

120.55

  

110.04

 

    

(1)   Includes $169.7 million of stock in FHLB of Chicago in 6 months or less.
(2)   Represents forward commitments to sell long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans.

 

64


Table of Contents

 

    

December 31, 2001


    

< 1/2 Yr.


    

1/2 - 1 Yr.


    

1 - 3 Yrs.


    

3 - 5 Yrs.


  

5+ Yrs.


    

Total


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest-earning assets:

                                       

Loans receivable

  

$

962,529

 

  

542,993

 

  

1,029,949

 

  

762,986

  

1,168,725

 

  

4,467,182

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 

66,316

 

  

12,363

 

  

19,019

 

  

13,313

  

31,147

 

  

142,158

Investment securities (1)

  

 

280,748

 

  

13,786

 

  

92,180

 

  

47,280

  

53,548

 

  

487,542

Interest-bearing deposits

  

 

29,367

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

29,367

Federal funds sold

  

 

112,765

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

112,765

    


  

  

  
  

  

Total interest-earning assets

  

 

1,451,725

 

  

569,142

 

  

1,141,148

 

  

823,579

  

1,253,420

 

  

5,239,014

Impact of hedging activities (2)

  

 

161,105

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

  

(161,105

)

  

—  

    


  

  

  
  

  

Total net interest-earning assets, adjusted for impact of hedging activities

  

 

1,612,830

 

  

569,142

 

  

1,141,148

 

  

823,579

  

1,092,315

 

  

5,239,014

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                       

NOW and checking accounts

  

 

27,665

 

  

25,313

 

  

92,647

 

  

57,550

  

121,816

 

  

324,991

Money market accounts

  

 

368,672

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

368,672

Passbook accounts

  

 

77,542

 

  

69,745

 

  

255,267

 

  

158,566

  

336,953

 

  

898,073

Certificate accounts

  

 

856,613

 

  

506,342

 

  

310,745

 

  

37,377

  

5,904

 

  

1,716,981

FHLB advances

  

 

220,000

 

  

165,000

 

  

395,500

 

  

260,000

  

365,000

 

  

1,405,500

Other borrowings

  

 

65,000

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

65,000

    


  

  

  
  

  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  

 

1,615,492

 

  

766,400

 

  

1,054,159

 

  

513,493

  

829,673

 

  

4,779,217

    


  

  

  
  

  

Interest sensitivity gap

  

$

(2,662

)

  

(197,258

)

  

86,989

 

  

310,086

  

262,642

 

  

459,797

    


  

  

  
  

  

Cumulative gap

  

$

(2,662

)

  

(199,920

)

  

(112,931

)

  

197,155

  

459,797

 

    
    


  

  

  
  

    

Cumulative gap as a percentage of total assets

  

 

(.05

)%

  

(3.57

)

  

(2.02

)

  

3.52

  

8.22

 

    

Cumulative net interest-earning assets as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities

  

 

99.84

%

  

91.61

 

  

96.71

 

  

104.99

  

109.62

 

    

(1)   Includes $132.1 million of stock in FHLB of Chicago in 6 months or less.
(2)   Represents forward commitments to sell long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans.

 

The Company’s cumulative one-year gap experienced a dramatic change during 2002 due to market conditions, as well as due to certain funding decisions. Prolonged low interest rates have increased assumed prepayment speeds on most of the Bank’s whole loan portfolio, causing cash flows to shorten dramatically on both long-term fixed-rate loans as well as 3/1 and 5/1 hybrid arms. To a lesser extent, this has also been true in its mortgage-backed securities portfolio. In addition, the Bank has been successful in growing its floating rate equity line of credit portfolio by $128.1 million since December 31, 2001. On the funding side, during mid-2002, the Company began to offer slightly longer certificates of deposit terms (greater than one year) and had borrowed some longer-term fixed-rate FHLB of Chicago advances. Coupled with nearly all of the Bank’s $480.0 million putable advances now pricing to maturity, due to the decline in interest rates, the Bank’s funding duration lengthened during 2002. In combination with shortened asset durations, the Company’s one-year gap was 10.23% at December 31, 2002 compared to (3.57)% at December 31, 2001. The analysis shows that due to the asset sensitive position at December 31, 2002, a further decrease in interest rates would cause the net interest margin to decline. However, should rates hold, or rise up to 200 basis points over the next twelve months, the net interest margin would hold steady or rise slightly.

 

Net Portfolio Value Analysis.    Under OTS Thrift Bulletin 13a, the Bank is required to measure its interest rate risk assuming various increases and decreases in general interest rates, and the effect on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity. The Board of Directors has established limits to changes in Net Portfolio Value (“NPV”) and net interest income across a range of hypothetical interest rate changes. If estimated changes to NPV and net interest income are not within these limits, the Board may direct management to adjust its asset/liability mix to bring its interest rate risk within Board limits. At December 31, 2002, the Bank was within the Board approval limits.

 

65


Table of Contents

Interest rate sensitivity analysis is used to measure the Bank’s interest rate risk by calculating the estimated change in the NPV of its cash flows from interest sensitive assets and liabilities, as well as certain off-balance sheet items, in the event of a series of sudden and sustained changes in interest rates ranging from 100 to 300 basis points. Management assumes that a 200 basis point movement up or down is considered reasonable and plausible for purposes of reviewing its overall interest-rate risk. For its analysis at December 31, 2002 and 2001, the down 200 basis point analysis was excluded given the current low interest rate environment. NPV is the market value of portfolio equity and is computed as the difference between the market value of assets and the market value of liabilities, adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet items, including a core deposit intangible on the Bank’s core deposit balances. The table below shows the change in NPV applying various rate shocks to the Bank’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2002 and 2001.

 

    

Estimated NPV


  

Estimated Increase

(Decrease) in NPV


  

Percentage Increase

(Decrease) in NPV


Change in Interest rate


  

2002


  

2001


  

2002


  

2001


  

2002


  

      2001      


         

(Dollars in thousands)

    

200 basis point rise

  

$527,334

  

  437,985

  

(31,119)

  

(143,093)

  

(6)%

  

(25)%

100 basis point rise

  

559,241

  

526,771

  

788

  

(54,307)

  

—  

  

(9)  

Base scenario

  

558,453

  

581,078

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

100 basis point decline

  

539,058

  

627,074

  

(19,395)

  

45,996

  

(3)  

  

8  

 

The Bank’s base scenario net portfolio value (“NPV”) at December 31, 2002 declined $22.6 million from December 31, 2001 to $558.5 million. Although the stated Bank’s stockholders’ equity increased $64.9 million in 2002, the primary reason for the decline in the computed base scenario NPV is the lower value assigned to the Bank’s core deposits, which tends to decrease as short-term interest rates decline. The sensitivity to increases in interest rates has dramatically decreased in 2002, as the percentage of NPV decrease in an up 200 basis point scenario was reduced to (6)% at December 31, 2002 from (25)% at December 31, 2001. However, in a down 100 basis point scenario, the Bank would experience a decrement in NPV compared to an improvement in NPV in 2001. The reasons for the increased sensitivity to a decline in rates, and a reduction in the sensitivity to an increase in rates is due to the dramatic shift in the Bank’s one-year gap position at December 31, 2002. As the Bank has become asset sensitive, a decline in rates will lead to a decay in NPV due to the fact that the Bank’s fixed-rate liabilities will decline in value at a faster pace than an increase in its interest-sensitive assets, primarily loans receivable, as additional increases in prepayments will offset a majority of the increase in value from lower interest rates.

 

66


Table of Contents

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

 

    

December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets

               

Cash and due from banks

  

$

134,265

 

  

82,540

 

Interest-bearing deposits

  

 

28,210

 

  

29,367

 

Federal funds sold

  

 

100,205

 

  

112,765

 

    


  

Total cash and cash equivalents

  

 

262,680

 

  

224,672

 

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value

  

 

308,235

 

  

355,461

 

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, at cost

  

 

169,708

 

  

132,081

 

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale, at fair value

  

 

365,638

 

  

142,158

 

Loans receivable held for sale

  

 

167,780

 

  

161,105

 

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $19,483 and $19,607

  

 

4,363,152

 

  

4,286,470

 

Accrued interest receivable

  

 

27,513

 

  

28,761

 

Foreclosed real estate

  

 

2,366

 

  

1,405

 

Real estate held for development or sale

  

 

14,938

 

  

12,993

 

Premises and equipment, net

  

 

72,492

 

  

63,815

 

Other assets

  

 

67,753

 

  

69,917

 

Goodwill

  

 

94,796

 

  

96,851

 

Intangibles

  

 

20,130

 

  

19,350

 

    


  

    

$

5,937,181

 

  

5,595,039

 

    


  

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

               

Liabilities

               

Deposits

  

$

3,751,237

 

  

3,557,997

 

Borrowed funds

  

 

1,556,500

 

  

1,470,500

 

Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance

  

 

37,700

 

  

38,484

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  

 

90,286

 

  

92,185

 

    


  

Total liabilities

  

 

5,435,723

 

  

5,159,166

 

Stockholders’ equity

               

Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued or outstanding

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

Common stock, $.01 par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized; 25,420,650 shares issued; 23,252,815 and 22,982,634 shares outstanding

  

 

254

 

  

254

 

Additional paid-in capital

  

 

204,710

 

  

201,468

 

Retained earnings, substantially restricted

  

 

342,790

 

  

286,535

 

Stock in Gain Deferral Plan; 236,401 and 232,429 shares

  

 

851

 

  

718

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

  

 

4,819

 

  

3,672

 

Treasury stock, at cost; 2,404,236 and 2,670,445 shares

  

 

(51,966

)

  

(56,774

)

    


  

Total stockholders’ equity

  

 

501,458

 

  

435,873

 

    


  

    

$

5,937,181

 

  

5,595,039

 

    


  

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Interest income:

                      

Loans receivable

  

$

288,790

 

  

307,780

 

  

304,349

 

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale

  

 

11,295

 

  

7,229

 

  

2,217

 

Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

5,740

 

Investment securities available for sale

  

 

24,368

 

  

22,680

 

  

12,435

 

Investment securities held to maturity

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

7,199

 

Interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold

  

 

5,037

 

  

8,047

 

  

11,163

 

    


  

  

Total interest income

  

 

329,490

 

  

345,736

 

  

343,103

 

Interest expense:

                      

Deposits

  

 

90,963

 

  

120,664

 

  

115,509

 

Borrowed funds

  

 

80,502

 

  

93,825

 

  

101,664

 

    


  

  

Total interest expense

  

 

171,465

 

  

214,489

 

  

217,173

 

    


  

  

Net interest income

  

 

158,025

 

  

131,247

 

  

125,930

 

Provision for loan losses

  

 

300

 

  

—  

 

  

1,500

 

    


  

  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

  

 

157,725

 

  

131,247

 

  

124,430

 

Non-interest income:

                      

Gain (loss) on sale and writedown of:

                      

Loans receivable held for sale

  

 

16,330

 

  

8,691

 

  

1,108

 

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 

39

 

  

(2

)

  

(700

)

Investment securities

  

 

80

 

  

879

 

  

256

 

Foreclosed real estate

  

 

179

 

  

347

 

  

258

 

Loan servicing rights

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

4,442

 

Income from real estate operations

  

 

9,717

 

  

11,484

 

  

9,536

 

Deposit account service charges

  

 

22,239

 

  

16,535

 

  

12,715

 

Loan servicing fee income (expense)

  

 

(2,472

)

  

(371

)

  

1,686

 

Valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights

  

 

(2,300

)

  

(904

)

  

—  

 

Brokerage commissions

  

 

2,702

 

  

2,371

 

  

2,322

 

Other

  

 

9,849

 

  

8,088

 

  

5,820

 

    


  

  

Total non-interest income

  

 

56,363

 

  

47,118

 

  

37,443

 

Non-interest expense:

                      

Compensation and benefits

  

 

59,098

 

  

48,221

 

  

41,197

 

Office occupancy and equipment

  

 

11,670

 

  

9,011

 

  

8,124

 

Advertising and promotion

  

 

4,844

 

  

4,355

 

  

3,569

 

Data processing

  

 

3,655

 

  

3,103

 

  

3,034

 

Federal deposit insurance premiums

  

 

667

 

  

617

 

  

604

 

Amortization of goodwill

  

 

—  

 

  

3,245

 

  

3,118

 

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

  

 

1,649

 

  

1,333

 

  

1,357

 

Other

  

 

17,759

 

  

13,539

 

  

12,000

 

    


  

  

Total non-interest expense

  

 

99,342

 

  

83,424

 

  

73,003

 

    


  

  

Income before income taxes

  

 

114,746

 

  

94,941

 

  

88,870

 

Income taxes

  

 

40,775

 

  

35,466

 

  

32,311

 

    


  

  

Net income

  

$

73,971

 

  

59,475

 

  

56,559

 

    


  

  

Basic earnings per share

  

$

3.19

 

  

2.62

 

  

2.43

 

    


  

  

Diluted earnings per share

  

$

3.11

 

  

2.56

 

  

2.40

 

    


  

  

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

68


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

    

Common

stock


  

Additional

paid-in

capital


  

Retained

earnings


    

Gain

Deferral

Plan


    

Accumulated

other

compre-

hensive

income(loss)


    

Treasury

stock


    

Total


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 1999

  

$

254

  

194,874

  

198,136

 

  

531

    

(3,675

)

  

(37,199

)

  

352,921

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Comprehensive income:

                                              

Net income

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

56,559

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

56,559

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

                                              

Unrealized holding gain during the year

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

4,827

 

  

—  

 

  

4,827

 

Less: reclassification adjustment of loss included in net income

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

283

 

  

—  

 

  

283

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Total comprehensive income

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

56,559

 

  

—  

    

5,110

 

  

—  

 

  

61,669

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Exercise of 425,279 stock options, and reissuance of treasury stock

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

(7,866

)

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

5,864

 

  

(2,002

)

Tax benefits from stock-related compensation

  

 

—  

  

2,425

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

2,425

 

Impact of exercise of acquisition carry-over options

  

 

—  

  

769

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

769

 

Purchase of 1,070,300 shares of treasury stock

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

(19,071

)

  

(19,071

)

Cash dividends declared, $0.39 per share

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

(9,072

)

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(9,072

)

Dividends paid to Gain Deferral Plan

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

4

 

  

86

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

90

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Balance at December 31, 2000

  

 

254

  

198,068

  

237,761

 

  

617

    

1,435

 

  

(50,406

)

  

387,729

 

Comprehensive income:

                                              

Net income

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

59,475

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

59,475

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

                                              

Unrealized holding gain during the year

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

2,786

 

  

—  

 

  

2,786

 

Less: reclassification adjustment of gains included in net income

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

(549

)

  

—  

 

  

(549

)

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Total comprehensive income

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

59,475

 

  

—  

    

2,237

 

  

—  

 

  

61,712

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Issuance of 494,867 shares for acquisition of Mid Town Bancorp, Inc.

  

 

—  

  

3,257

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

10,543

 

  

13,800

 

Exercise of 54,242 stock options, and reissuance of treasury stock

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

(251

)

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

1,043

 

  

792

 

Tax benefits from stock-related compensation

  

 

—  

  

143

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

143

 

Purchase of 645,100 shares of treasury stock

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

(17,954

)

  

(17,954

)

Cash dividends declared, $0.46 per share

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

(10,455

)

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(10,455

)

Dividends paid to Gain Deferral Plan

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

5

 

  

101

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

106

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Balance at December 31, 2001

  

 

254

  

201,468

  

286,535

 

  

718

    

3,672

 

  

(56,774

)

  

435,873

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Comprehensive income:

                                              

Net income

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

73,971

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

73,971

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

                                              

Unrealized holding gain during the year

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

1,224

 

  

—  

 

  

1,224

 

Less: reclassification adjustment of gains included in net income

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

(77

)

  

—  

 

  

(77

)

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Total comprehensive income

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

73,971

 

  

—  

    

1,147

 

  

—  

 

  

75,118

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Exercise of 331,611 stock options and reissuance of treasury stock

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

(3,785

)

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

4,976

 

  

1,191

 

Tax benefits from stock-related compensation

  

 

—  

  

1,829

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

1,829

 

Impact of exercise of acquisition carry-over options

  

 

—  

  

1,413

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

1,413

 

Purchase of treasury stock

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

 

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

(168

)

  

(168

)

Cash dividends declared, $0.60 per share

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

(13,939

)

  

—  

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(13,939

)

Dividends paid to Gain Deferral Plan

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

8

 

  

133

    

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

141

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

Balance at December 31, 2002

  

$

254

  

204,710

  

342,790

 

  

851

    

4,819

 

  

(51,966

)

  

501,458

 

    

  
  

  
    

  

  

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Operating activities:

                      

Net income

  

$

73,971

 

  

59,475

 

  

56,559

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                      

Amortization of premiums, discounts and deferred loan fees

  

 

5,013

 

  

3,713

 

  

217

 

Provision for loan losses

  

 

300

 

  

—  

 

  

1,500

 

FHLB of Chicago stock dividends

  

 

(7,627

)

  

(6,597

)

  

(4,359

)

Net gain on sale of loans receivable

  

 

(16,330

)

  

(8,691

)

  

(1,108

)

Net gain on sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities

  

 

(3,105

)

  

(877

)

  

444

 

Other than temporary impairment write-down on investment securities

  

 

2,986

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

Net gain on real estate held for development or sale

  

 

(9,717

)

  

(11,484

)

  

(9,536

)

Gain on sale of loan servicing rights

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(4,442

)

Amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights

  

 

9,514

 

  

4,348

 

  

1,031

 

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

6,523

 

  

5,021

 

  

4,467

 

Amortization of goodwill and core deposit intangibles

  

 

1,649

 

  

4,578

 

  

4,475

 

Deferred income tax expense

  

 

8,900

 

  

12,050

 

  

662

 

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest receivable

  

 

1,248

 

  

(873

)

  

(4,148

)

Net increase in other assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions

  

 

(24,193

)

  

(25,955

)

  

(4,100

)

Loans purchased for sale

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(10,442

)

Loans originated for sale

  

 

(1,313,296

)

  

(1,140,195

)

  

(353,696

)

Sale of loans originated and purchased for sale

  

 

1,314,617

 

  

1,021,927

 

  

334,817

 

    


  

  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  

 

50,453

 

  

(83,560

)

  

12,341

 

    


  

  

Investing activities:

                      

Loans originated for investment

  

 

(2,361,305

)

  

(1,672,688

)

  

(1,055,442

)

Principal repayments on loans receivable

  

 

2,218,226

 

  

1,884,663

 

  

704,420

 

Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities

  

 

69,355

 

  

29,539

 

  

25,010

 

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale

  

 

88,025

 

  

158,241

 

  

47,526

 

Proceeds from sale of:

                      

Investment securities available for sale

  

 

67,891

 

  

6,515

 

  

2,201

 

Mortgage backed securities available for sale

  

 

14,822

 

  

—  

 

  

9,300

 

Real estate held for development or sale

  

 

30,420

 

  

37,316

 

  

43,813

 

Purchases of:

                      

Loans receivable held for investment

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(63,117

)

Investment securities available for sale

  

 

(117,261

)

  

(274,902

)

  

(22,000

)

Investment securities held to maturity

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(631

)

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale

  

 

(232,049

)

  

(62,127

)

  

—  

 

Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(4,808

)

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago

  

 

(30,000

)

  

(30,000

)

  

(5,391

)

Real estate held for development or sale

  

 

(14,118

)

  

(16,490

)

  

(23,567

)

Premises and equipment

  

 

(14,429

)

  

(10,340

)

  

(8,382

)

Proceeds (payment) for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  

 

—  

 

  

(40,037

)

  

80,903

 

    


  

  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  

 

(280,423

)

  

9,690

 

  

(270,165

)

    


  

  

Financing Activities:

                      

Proceeds from:

                      

FHLB of Chicago advances

  

 

460,000

 

  

145,000

 

  

475,000

 

Unsecured bank term loan

  

 

—  

 

  

55,000

 

  

—  

 

Unsecured line of credit

  

 

—  

 

  

16,000

 

  

15,000

 

Repayments of:

                      

FHLB of Chicago advances

  

 

(360,000

)

  

(435,000

)

  

(260,000

)

Unsecured bank term loan

  

 

(4,000

)

  

(29,400

)

  

(500

)

Unsecured line of credit

  

 

(10,000

)

  

(10,000

)

  

(11,000

)

Net decrease in reverse repurchase agreements

  

 

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

(9,963

)

Net increase in deposits

  

 

193,630

 

  

313,139

 

  

185,852

 

Increase in advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance

  

 

(784

)

  

(348

)

  

3,587

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  

 

2,366

 

  

832

 

  

221

 

Purchase of treasury stock

  

 

(168

)

  

(17,301

)

  

(19,071

)

Cash dividends paid

  

 

(13,066

)

  

(9,900

)

  

(8,822

)

    


  

  

Net cash provided by financing activities

  

 

267,978

 

  

28,022

 

  

370,304

 

    


  

  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  

 

38,008

 

  

(45,848

)

  

112,480

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  

 

224,672

 

  

270,520

 

  

158,040

 

    


  

  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  

$

262,680

 

  

224,672

 

  

270,520

 

    


  

  

(Continued)

 

70


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—(Continued)

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                  

Cash paid during the year for:

                  

Interest on deposits and borrowed funds

  

$

171,432

  

215,492

 

  

214,755

Income taxes

  

 

30,774

  

22,008

 

  

30,861

Summary of non-cash transactions:

                  

Transfer of loans receivable to foreclosed real estate

  

 

3,998

  

2,697

 

  

3,520

Loans receivable swapped into mortgage-backed securities

  

 

126,433

  

76,670

 

  

9,290

Investment securities transferred to available for sale

  

 

—  

  

12,633

 

  

—  

Mortgage-backed securities transferred to available for sale

  

 

—  

  

80,301

 

  

—  

Treasury stock received for withholding tax liability related to stock option exercises (30,033, 1,267 and 109,552 shares)

  

 

1,175

  

40

 

  

2,223

Treasury stock received for stock option exercises (26,269, 1,339 and 48,775 shares)

  

 

959

  

36

 

  

989

Acquisitions

                  

Assets acquired

  

 

—  

  

307,469

 

  

—  

Common stock issued for acquisition

  

 

—  

  

13,800

 

  

—  

Cash paid for purchase of stock

  

 

—  

  

(58,161

)

  

—  

Cash acquired

  

 

—  

  

18,124

 

  

—  

    

  

  

Net cash used for acquisitions

  

$

—  

  

(40,037

)

  

—  

    

  

  

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

71


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation.    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MAF Bancorp, Inc. (“Company”) and its four wholly-owned subsidiaries, Mid America Bank, fsb (“Bank”), MAF Developments, Inc., Equitable Finance Corporation (“EFC”), Mid Town Development Corporation (“MTDC”), as well as the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Mid America Investment Services, Inc. (“Mid America Investments”), Mid America Re, Inc., Mid America Insurance Agency, Inc., Mid America Mortgage Securities, Inc., NW Financial, Inc. (“NW Financial”), Centre Point Title Services, Inc., MAF Realty Co., LLC III, and MAF Realty Co., LLC IV. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts have been made to conform to the current year presentation.

 

Use of Estimates.    The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates most susceptible to change are in the determination of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, the valuation of mortgage servicing rights, and the accounting for real estate development. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Statement of Cash Flows.    For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods and interest-bearing deposits mature within one day to three months.

 

Restrictions on Cash.    Based on the types and amounts of deposits received, the Bank maintains vault cash and non-interest bearing cash balances in accordance with Federal Reserve Bank reserve requirements. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Bank’s reserve requirements were met with funds on deposit in a pass-through account at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago as well as vault cash.

 

Investment and Mortgage-Backed Securities.    All investment and mortgage-backed securities are classified as available for sale. These investments are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reflected in stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Securities that have losses deemed other than temporary are recognized as losses in the statement of operations and a new cost basis is established.

 

Amortization of premiums, accretion of discounts, and the amortization of purchase accounting adjustments for investment and mortgage-backed securities acquired are recognized in interest income over the period to maturity for investment securities, or the estimated life of mortgage-backed securities using the level-yield method. Gains and losses on sales of investment securities, mortgage-backed securities, and equity securities are determined using the specific identification method.

 

The Bank arranges for “swap” transactions with the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) which involve the exchange of whole mortgage loans originated by the Bank for mortgage-backed securities.

 

72


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Loans receivable held for sale.    The Bank sells, generally without recourse, whole loans and participation interests in mortgage loans that it originates. The Bank sells various loans with recourse to the Federal Home Loan Bank Mortgage Partnership Program (“MPF”) in which it retains a very limited level of credit risk. Loans originated are identified as either held for investment or sale upon origination. Loans which the Bank intends to sell before maturity are classified as held for sale, and are carried at the lower of cost, adjusted for applicable deferred loan fees or expenses, or estimated market value in the aggregate.

 

The Bank enters into forward commitments to sell mortgage loans primarily with FNMA to deliver mortgage loans originated by the Bank at a specific time and specific price in the future. Loans subject to forward sales are classified as held for sale. Unrealized losses, if any, on forward commitments are included in gain (loss) on sale of mortgage loans in the period the loans are committed.

 

Loans Receivable.    Loans receivable are stated at unpaid principal balances less unearned discounts, deferred loan origination fees and expenses, loans in process and the allowance for loan losses.

 

Discounts on loans receivable are amortized to interest income using the level-yield method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Amortization of purchase accounting discounts are being amortized over the contractual term of loans receivable acquired, adjusted for anticipated prepayments, using the level-yield method. Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net deferred fee or cost is recognized as an adjustment to yield using the level-yield method over the contractual life of the loans.

 

The accrual of interest income for all loans is discontinued when there is clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due. A loan (whether considered impaired or not) is classified as non-accrual when the borrower becomes 91 days past due. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, or is in the process of bankruptcy or foreclosure, previously accrued but unpaid interest is reversed against interest income. Income is subsequently recorded to the extent cash payments are received, if the entire principal balance is considered collectible, or at a time when the loan is brought current in accordance with its original terms.

 

The Bank considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan. For loans which are not individually significant (i.e. loans under $1.0 million) and represent a homogeneous population, the Bank evaluates impairment collectively based on management reports on the volume and extent of delinquencies, as well as historical loss experience for these types of loans. The Bank uses this criteria on one- to four-family residential loans, consumer loans, multi-family residential loans, and land loans. Impairment for loans considered individually significant, as well as commercial real estate and commercial business loans, are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Charge-offs of principal occur when a loss has deemed to have occurred as a result of the book value exceeding the fair value or net realizable value. There were no impaired loans as of December 31, 2002 or 2001.

 

73


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.    The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to operations and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. In evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and determining, if any, the related provision for loan losses, management considers: (1) subjective factors, including local and general economic business factors and trends, portfolio concentrations and changes in the size and/or general terms of the loan portfolio, (2) historical loss experience and the change in the mix of the overall portfolio composition over the last five years, (3) specific allocations based upon probable losses identified during the review of the portfolio, and (4) delinquency in the portfolio and the composition of non-performing loans including the percent of non-performing loans with supplemental mortgage insurance. Larger loans, typically secured by commercial real estate that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. In the opinion of management, the allowance, when taken as a whole, is adequate to absorb probable losses in the loan portfolio.

 

Foreclosed Real Estate.    Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are initially recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value less the cost to dispose at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Management periodically performs valuations and an allowance for loss is established by a charge to operations if the carrying value of a property exceeds its estimated fair value less cost to dispose. At December 31, 2002 and 2001 all foreclosed real estate properties are one- to-four family residences.

 

Real Estate Held for Development or Sale.    Real estate properties held for development or sale, are carried at the lower of cost, including capitalized holding costs, or net realizable value. Gains and losses on individual lot sales in a particular development are based on cash received less the estimated cost of sales per lot. Cost of sales per lot is calculated as the current investment in the particular development plus anticipated costs to complete the development, which includes capitalized interest, divided by the total number of lots to be sold. Periodic reviews are made as to a development’s estimated cost to complete. Changes in estimated costs are recognized in the period of change as either a charge or an addition to income from real estate operations.

 

Premises and Equipment.    Land is carried at cost. Buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Buildings, furniture, fixtures, and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The cost of leasehold improvements is being amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the life of the leasehold improvement or the term of the related lease.

 

Goodwill and Intangibles.    Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired in business combinations or branch acquisitions. Core deposit intangibles represent the value assigned to the core deposit base acquired. Each is recognized as a result of the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Core deposit intangibles have finite lives and are amortized on an accelerated basis to expense over a period not to exceed 10 years.

 

74


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment is measured based on the expected future cash flows from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If expected future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized based on current fair values.

 

The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” and SFAS No. 147 “Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions” effective January 1, 2002. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are no longer amortized but are subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis. Any impairment of goodwill or intangibles will be recognized as an expense in the period of impairment. The Company was required to complete the transitional goodwill impairment test within six months of adoption of SFAS No. 142 and to record the impairment, if any by the end of the fiscal year. An evaluation was completed as of January 1, 2002, as well as of May 31, 2002. No impairment was deemed necessary as a result of the Company’s analysis.

 

SFAS No. 147 amends SFAS No. 72, “Accounting for Certain Acquisitions of Banking or Thrift Institutions,” to remove the acquisition of financial institutions from the scope of that statement and provides guidance on the accounting for the impairment or disposal of acquired long term customer relationship intangible assets. SFAS No. 147 requires acquisitions of financial institutions that meet the definition of a business combination to be accounted for in accordance with SFAS Nos. 141 and 142. The provisions were effective on October 1, 2002. Adoption of Statement No. 147 required restatement of earnings for each quarter since adoption of SFAS No. 142. The Company adopted SFAS No. 147 on October 1, 2002 and earnings for each of the first three quarters were restated by approximately $163,000 pre-tax to eliminate goodwill amortization on branch acquisitions.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights.    Mortgage servicing rights are initially capitalized upon acquisition, and are subsequently amortized over the estimated life of the loan servicing income stream, using the level-yield method. The balance of mortgage servicing rights is included in the consolidated statements of financial condition in intangible assets. The Bank conducts periodic impairment analysis by evaluating the present value of the future economic benefit to be derived from the servicing rights using current information regarding interest rates, prepayment assumptions, and the cost to service such loans. For purposes of measuring impairment, the mortgage servicing rights are stratified based on the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The Bank stratifies loans by interest rate, maturity, and whether the loans are fixed or adjustable rate. A valuation allowance is recognized in the amount by which the capitalized servicing rights for a specific stratum exceeds its fair value.

 

75


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

Income Taxes.    The Company and its direct subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred income taxes are provided for all significant items of income and expense that are recognized in different periods for financial reporting purposes and income tax reporting purposes. The asset and liability approach is used for the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. This approach requires companies to take into account changes in the tax rates when valuing the deferred income tax accounts recorded on the consolidated statement of financial condition. In addition, it provides that a deferred tax liability or asset shall be recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to “temporary differences” and loss and tax credit carryforwards. Temporary differences include differences between financial statement income and tax return income which are expected to reverse in future periods as well as differences between tax bases of assets and liabilities and their amounts for financial reporting purposes which are also expected to be settled in future periods. To the extent a deferred tax asset is established which is not likely to be realized, a valuation allowance shall be established against such asset.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments.    The Company utilizes forward commitments to sell mortgage loans and interest rate futures contracts, primarily U.S. Treasury bond futures, as part of its mortgage loan origination hedging strategy. The Company adopted SFAS No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” on January 1, 2001. Loan commitments and forward sales are valued as derivative instruments with adjustments included in earnings as a component of gain on sale of loans at each period end. Gains and losses on open and closed futures positions are deferred and recognized as an adjustment to gain (loss) on the sale of loans receivable when the underlying loan being hedged is sold into the secondary market. All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value.

 

Comprehensive Income.    Comprehensive income includes net income plus other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income. The Company reports comprehensive income in its consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity.

 

Segments.    The Company uses the management approach for determining segment reporting. Based on the management approach, the Company operates two separate lines of business, retail banking and land development operations.

 

Stock Option Plans.    The Company has various stock-based compensation plans that authorize the granting of stock option awards to eligible employees. In December 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure.” For purposes of providing the proforma disclosures required under SFAS No. 148, the fair value of stock options granted was estimated using the Black Scholes model. Had compensation costs for the Company’s stock option plans been determined in accordance with SFAS No. 148, net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the proforma amounts as noted in Note 16.

 

Earnings Per Share.    Earnings per share is determined by dividing net income for the period by the weighted average number of shares outstanding. Stock options are regarded as future common stock and are considered in the earnings per share calculations only if dilutive, and are the only adjustments made to average shares outstanding in computing diluted earnings per share. Anti-dilutive stock options not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share were 577,021, 155,867 and 485,117, at December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Weighted average shares used in calculating earnings per share are on the next page.

 

76


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

    

Year Ended December 31, 2002


  

Year Ended December 31, 2001


    

Income (Numerator)


  

Shares (Denominator)


  

Per Share Amount


  

Income (Numerator)


  

Shares (Denominator)


  

Per Share Amount


    

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Basic earnings per share:

                                     

Income available to common shareholders

  

$

73,971

  

23,162,422

  

$

3.19

  

$

59,475

  

22,691,053

  

$

2.62

                

              

Effect of dilutive securities—Stock options

         

585,989

                

504,270

      
           
                
      

Diluted earnings per share:

                                     

Income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

  

$

73,971

  

23,748,411

  

$

3.11

  

$

59,475

  

23,195,323

  

$

2.56

    

  
  

  

  
  

 

    

Year Ended December 31, 2000


    

Income (Numerator)


  

Shares (Denominator)


  

Per Share Amount


    

(Dollars in thousands,
except per share data)

Basic earnings per share:

                  

Income available to common shareholders

  

$

56,559

  

23,311,135

  

$

2.43

                

Effect of dilutive securities—Stock options

         

275,457

      
           
      

Diluted earnings per share:

                  

Income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

  

$

56,559

  

23,586,592

  

$

2.40

    

  
  

 

2.    Business Combinations

 

On April 17, 2000, the Bank purchased two branch offices from M&I Bank, FSB, with approximately $89.8 million of deposits. The Company received primarily cash for the deposits in the transaction. The transaction was recorded as a purchase, and generated goodwill and a core deposit intangible totaling $12.1 million.

 

On November 30, 2001, the Company purchased privately held Mid Town Bancorp, Inc. (“Mid Town”) based in Chicago, Illinois for $69.0 million in the form of 80% cash and 20% stock. A total of 494,867 shares of common stock, at a value of $13.8 million, and cash of $55.2 million was paid to shareholders of Mid Town. The transaction was accounted for as a purchase. The transaction generated goodwill of $36.1 million and core deposit intangibles of $3.3 million. At acquisition date, Mid Town had $307.5 million in total assets, $270.3 million in deposits and $33.3 million in stockholders’ equity.

 

On December 17, 2002, the Company announced that it has agreed to acquire Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. in an all-stock transaction, valued at $101.4 million. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval, the approval of Fidelity shareholders and the transaction is expected to close in mid-2003. In connection with the merger, Fidelity’s bank subsidiary, Fidelity Federal Savings Bank, will be merged with the Bank. The merger will provide five additional branch locations in the Chicago area. At December 31, 2002, Fidelity had assets of $729.9 million, deposits of $463.3 million and stockholder’s equity of $58.0 million. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to close in mid-2003.

 

On February 17, 2003, the Company announced that the Bank had entered into an agreement to purchase a branch of UmbrellaBank, fsb in Chicago, IL. The transaction involves the purchase of approximately $7 million in deposits. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to close in March or April 2003.

 

77


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

3.    Investment Securities

 

Investment securities available for sale are summarized below:

 

    

December 31, 2002


  

December 31, 2001


    

Amortized Cost


  

Gross Unrealized Gains


  

Gross Unrealized Losses


    

Fair Value


  

Amortized Cost


  

Gross Unrealized Gains


  

Gross Unrealized Losses


    

Fair Value


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Available for sale:

                                               

United States government and agency obligations

  

$

96,631

  

2,712

  

(203

)

  

99,140

  

$

139,622

  

2,604

  

(696

)

  

141,530

Asset-backed securities

  

 

66,736

  

413

  

(4,619

)

  

62,530

  

 

82,346

  

493

  

(1,169

)

  

81,670

Corporate debt securities

  

 

63,615

  

1,807

  

—  

 

  

65,422

  

 

70,136

  

1,210

  

(37

)

  

71,309

Bank trust preferred securities

  

 

57,914

  

353

  

(37

)

  

58,230

  

 

40,770

  

129

  

—  

 

  

40,899

Marketable equity securities

  

 

22,704

  

1,297

  

(1,088

)

  

22,913

  

 

17,769

  

2,573

  

(289

)

  

20,053

    

  
  

  
  

  
  

  
    

$

307,600

  

6,582

  

(5,947

)

  

308,235

  

$

350,643

  

7,009

  

(2,191

)

  

355,461

    

  
  

  
  

  
  

  

 

The Company did not have any investment securities classified as held to maturity or trading at December 31, 2002 or December 31, 2001.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of securities at December 31, 2002, by contractual maturity, are shown in the table below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call obligations without penalty. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $91.7 million of investment securities with call options, of which $22.1 million were callable within one year.

 

    

Amortized Cost


  

Fair Value


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Debt securities:

           

Under one year

  

$

53,198

  

53,674

Over 1 to 5 years

  

 

100,459

  

104,348

Over 5 to 10 years

  

 

1,589

  

1,622

Over 10 years

  

 

62,914

  

63,148

Asset-backed securities

  

 

66,736

  

62,530

Marketable equity securities

  

 

22,704

  

22,913

    

  
    

$

307,600

  

308,235

    

  

 

Activity in the sales of investment securities available for sale is as follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


  

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Total proceeds on sale

  

$

67,891

 

  

6,515

  

2,201

 

    


  
  

Gross realized gains

  

$

3,176

 

  

879

  

336

 

Gross realized losses

  

 

(110

)

  

—  

  

(80

)

    


  
  

Net gain on sale

  

 

3,066

 

  

879

  

256

 

Losses deemed other than temporary

  

 

(2,986

)

  

—  

  

—  

 

    


  
  

Net gain

  

 

80

 

  

879

  

256

 

    


  
  

 

In December 2002, the Company wrote down an $8.5 million floating-rate debt security by $3.0 million through operations that

was in default following its maturity in December 2002. The security is collateralized by various aircraft leased to a major carrier that filed bankruptcy in the fourth quarter of 2002. The security is current with respect to interest payments at December 31, 2002.

 

78


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

4.    Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale are summarized below:

 

    

December 31, 2002


  

December 31, 2001


    

Amortized Cost


  

Gross Unrealized Gains


    

Gross Unrealized Losses


    

Fair
Value


  

Amortized Cost


  

Gross Unrealized Gains


    

Gross Unrealized Losses


    

Fair
Value


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Available for sale:

                                               

GNMA pass-through certificates

  

$

11,902

  

205

    

(1

)

  

12,106

  

3,742

  

45

    

—  

 

  

3,787

FHLMC pass-through certificates

  

 

85,379

  

2,053

    

(1

)

  

87,431

  

24,298

  

561

    

(19

)

  

24,840

FNMA pass-through certificates

  

 

28,930

  

972

    

(127

)

  

29,775

  

27,820

  

434

    

(168

)

  

28,086

Collateralized mortgage obligations

  

 

232,095

  

4,280

    

(49

)

  

236,326

  

85,037

  

521

    

(113

)

  

85,445

    

  
    

  
  
  
    

  
    

$

358,306

  

7,510

    

(178

)

  

365,638

  

140,897

  

1,561

    

(300

)

  

142,158

    

  
    

  
  
  
    

  

 

At December 31, 2002 and 2001 the company did not have any mortgage-backed securities classified as held to maturity or trading.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company recorded realized gains (losses) of $39,000 and $(2,000), respectively, on the sale of mortgage-backed securities.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2002, and 2001, the Bank swapped $58.8 million, and $76.7 million, respectively, of loans it originated into mortgage-backed securities which were sold in the same period. Additionally, in 2002 the Bank swapped $67.6 million of loans into mortgage-backed securities, which were held by the Bank. Included in mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2002 and 2001 are $68.2 million and $925,000 of loans originated by the Bank and swapped into mortgage-backed securities.

 

5.    Loans Receivable Held For Sale

 

The Bank classifies loan originations that it intends to sell in the secondary market as held for sale at the time of origination. At December 31, 2002 the Bank had $127.6 million of fixed-rate loans with a weighted average rate of 6.09% and $40.2 million of adjustable-rate loans with a weighted average rate of 4.80% classified as held for sale. At December 31, 2001, all of the $161.1 million in loans classified as held for sale were fixed-rate loans with a weighted average rate of 6.61%.

 

79


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

6.    Loans Receivable

 

Loans receivable are summarized as follows:

 

    

December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Real estate loans:

               

One-to-four family residential

  

$

3,470,937

 

  

3,559,466

 

Multi-family

  

 

260,318

 

  

197,685

 

Commercial

  

 

142,493

 

  

140,128

 

Construction

  

 

48,179

 

  

43,756

 

Land

  

 

42,530

 

  

44,494

 

    


  

Total real estate loans

  

 

3,964,457

 

  

3,985,529

 

Consumer loans:

               

Equity lines of credit

  

 

387,025

 

  

258,884

 

Home equity loans

  

 

32,120

 

  

52,216

 

Other

  

 

6,255

 

  

7,975

 

    


  

Total consumer loans

  

 

425,400

 

  

319,075

 

Commercial business loans

  

 

20,592

 

  

18,596

 

    


  

Total loans receivable

  

 

4,410,449

 

  

4,323,200

 

Unearned discounts, premiums, and deferred loan expenses, net

  

 

2,875

 

  

4,555

 

Loans in process

  

 

(30,689

)

  

(21,678

)

Allowance for loan losses

  

 

(19,483

)

  

(19,607

)

    


  

    

$

4,363,152

 

  

4,286,470

 

    


  

 

Adjustable-rate loans included in loans receivable totaled $2.73 billion and $2.10 billion at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Allowance for loan losses.    Activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows for the years indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year

  

$

19,607

 

  

18,258

 

  

17,276

 

Provision for loan losses

  

 

300

 

  

—  

 

  

1,500

 

Balance acquired in acquisition

  

 

—  

 

  

1,408

 

  

—  

 

Charge-offs

  

 

(617

)

  

(104

)

  

(531

)

Recoveries

  

 

193

 

  

45

 

  

13

 

    


  

  

Balance at end of year

  

$

19,483

 

  

19,607

 

  

18,258

 

    


  

  

 

At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Bank had $25.4 million and $19.4 million of loans that were on non-accrual status. Interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans amounted to $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $768,000, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, had these loans been accruing under their contractual terms. Interest income recognized on non-accrual loans and included in interest income was $562,000, $351,000 and $350,000, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. There were no loans outstanding as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 that the Bank considered impaired.

 

At December 2002 and 2001, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans were determined to be non-performing.

 

80


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

Loan servicing and mortgage servicing rights.    The Bank services loans for the benefit of others pursuant to loan servicing agreements. Under these agreements, the Bank typically collects from the borrower monthly payments of principal and interest, as well as funds for the payment of real estate taxes and insurance. The Bank retains its loan servicing fee from these payments and remits the balance of the principal and interest payments to the various investors. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of these loans were $2.02 billion, $1.40 billion and $785.3 million, at December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. In 2000, the Bank sold servicing rights related to approximately $600.0 million in mortgage loans, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $4.4 million. Non-interest bearing custodial balances maintained in connection with mortgage loans serviced for others (included in deposits) were $54.1 million and $43.7 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Mortgage servicing rights included a valuation allowance of $3.4 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

7.    Accrued Interest Receivable

 

Accrued interest receivable is summarized as follows:

 

    

December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Investment securities

  

$

5,846

 

  

5,789

 

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 

1,775

 

  

688

 

Loans receivable

  

 

21,829

 

  

24,063

 

Reserve for uncollected interest

  

 

(1,937

)

  

(1,779

)

    


  

    

$

27,513

 

  

28,761

 

    


  

 

8.    Real Estate Held for Development or Sale

 

Real estate held for development or sale is summarized by project as follows:

 

    

December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Shenandoah

  

$

7,794

  

4,495

Tallgrass of Naperville

  

 

3,095

  

8,498

Springbank

  

 

4,049

  

—  

    

  
    

$

14,938

  

12,993

    

  

 

81


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Income from real estate operations is summarized by project for the years indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Tallgrass of Naperville

  

$

9,570

  

10,712

  

8,699

Shenandoah

  

 

147

  

—  

  

—  

Woodbridge

  

 

—  

  

501

  

418

Hannaford Farm

  

 

—  

  

271

  

—  

Harmony Grove

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

104

Reigate Woods

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

210

Creekside of Remington

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

105

    

  
  
    

$

9,717

  

11,484

  

9,536

    

  
  

 

Interest capitalized to real estate held for development or sale amounted to $96,000, $168,000 and $256,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

9.    Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

 

    

Estimated Useful Life


  

December 31,


 
       

2002


    

2001


 
         

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Land

       

$

14,108

 

  

13,718

 

Office buildings

  

20–50 years

  

 

41,124

 

  

36,722

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

  

1–10 years

  

 

38,575

 

  

40,758

 

Leasehold improvements

  

3–34 years

  

 

8,021

 

  

7,532

 

         


  

Total office properties and equipment, at cost

       

 

101,828

 

  

98,730

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

       

 

(29,336

)

  

(34,915

)

         


  

         

$

72,492

 

  

63,815

 

         


  

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment, included in data processing expense and office occupancy and equipment expense was $6.5 million, $5.0 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Occupancy expense is reduced by rental income from leased premises totaling $1.1 million, $609,000 and $709,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

The Bank is obligated under non-cancelable leases primarily for office space. Rent expense under these leases for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, was $2.6 million, $1.4 million, and $1.2 million, respectively. The projected minimum rentals under existing leases as of December 31, 2002 is as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,


    
    

(In thousands)

2003

  

$  3,100

2004

  

    2,500

2005

  

    1,900

2006

  

    1,600

2007

  

    1,300

2008 and thereafter

  

  18,900

 

82


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

10.    Goodwill and Intangibles

 

The following is a summary of net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 as adjusted to eliminate the amortization of goodwill for those periods under SFAS 142 and 147:

 

   

For the year ended
December 31,


   

2002


 

2001


 

2000


   

(Dollars in thousands,
except per share data)

Net income as reported

 

$

73,971

 

59,475

 

56,559

Add back: goodwill amortization, net of tax

 

 

—  

 

3,001

 

2,927

   

 
 

Net income-adjusted

 

 

73,971

 

62,476

 

59,486

   

 
 

Basic earnings per share of common stock:

             

Net income-as reported

 

 

3.19

 

2.62

 

2.43

Goodwill amortization, net of tax

 

 

—  

 

.13

 

.12

   

 
 

Net income-adjusted

 

 

3.19

 

2.75

 

2.55

   

 
 

Diluted earnings per share of common stock:

             

Net income-as reported

 

 

3.11

 

2.56

 

2.40

Goodwill amortization, net of tax

 

 

—  

 

.13

 

.12

   

 
 

Net income-adjusted

 

$

3.11

 

2.69

 

2.52

   

 
 

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by segment, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are as follows:

 

    

Banking


    

Land Development


  

Total


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 1999

  

$

54,939

 

  

    —  

  

54,939

 

Addition related to branch acquisition

  

 

10,141

 

  

—  

  

10,141

 

Amortization expense

  

 

(3,118

)

  

—  

  

(3,118

)

    


  
  

Balance as of December 31, 2000

  

 

61,962

 

  

—  

  

61,962

 

Addition related to Mid Town acquisition

  

 

38,134

 

  

—  

  

38,134

 

Amortization expense

  

 

(3,245

)

  

—  

  

(3,245

)

    


  
  

Balance as of December 31, 2001

  

 

96,851

 

  

—  

  

96,851

 

Adjustments related to Mid Town acquisition

  

 

(2,055

)

  

—  

  

(2,055

)

    


  
  

Balance at December 31, 2002

  

$

94,796

 

  

—  

  

94,796

 

    


  
  

 

The changes in the carrying amount of intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are as follows:

 

    

Core deposit Intangibles


      

Mortgage Servicing Rights


    

Total


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 1999

  

$

6,261

 

    

7,334

 

  

13,595

 

Additions

  

 

1,998

 

    

3,002

 

  

5,000

 

Amortization expense

  

 

(1,357

)

    

(1,038

)

  

(2,395

)

Carrying value of rights sold

  

 

—  

 

    

(4,191

)

  

(4,191

)

    


    

  

Balance at December 31, 2000

  

 

6,902

 

    

5,107

 

  

12,009

 

    


    

  

Additions

  

 

3,250

 

    

9,782

 

  

13,032

 

Amortization expense

  

 

(1,333

)

    

(3,454

)

  

(4,787

)

Valuation allowance

  

 

—  

 

    

(904

)

  

(904

)

    


    

  

Balance at December 31, 2001

  

 

8,819

 

    

10,531

 

  

19,350

 

    


    

  

Additions

  

 

—  

 

    

11,943

 

  

11,943

 

Amortization expense

  

 

(1,649

)

    

(7,214

)

  

(8,863

)

Valuation allowance

  

 

—  

 

    

(2,300

)

  

(2,300

)

    


    

  

Balance at December 31, 2002

  

$

7,170

 

    

12,960

 

  

20,130

 

    


    

  

 

83


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

The following is a summary of intangible assets subject to amortization:

 

      

As of December 31, 2002


      

As of December 31, 2001


 
      

Gross Carrying Amount


  

Accumulated Amortization


      

Gross Carrying Amount


  

Accumulated Amortization


 
      

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Core deposit intangibles

    

$

15,947

  

(8,777

)

    

15,947

  

(7,128

)

Mortgage servicing rights(1)

    

 

18,580

  

(2,247

)

    

12,848

  

(1,244

)

      

  

    
  

Total

    

$

34,527

  

(11,024

)

    

28,795

  

(8,372

)

      

  

    
  


(1)   The gross carrying amounts for December 31, 2002 and 2001 do not include impairment reserves of $3.4 million and $1.1 million respectively.

 

Amortization expense for core deposit intangibles and mortgage servicing rights for the year ended December 31, 2002 and estimates for the five years thereafter are as follows. These estimates relate to the carrying value of the Bank’s core deposit intangibles and mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2002, which will continue to be amortized following adoption of SFAS 147.

 

    

Core Deposit Intangibles


  

Mortgage Servicing Rights


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Aggregate Amortization Expense:

           

For the Year ended December 31, 2002

  

$

1,649

  

7,214

Estimated Amortization Expense:

           

For the Year Ended December 31, 2003

  

 

1,500

  

4,700

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

  

 

1,400

  

3,300

For the Year Ended December 31, 2005

  

 

1,300

  

2,500

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006

  

 

900

  

2,100

For the Year Ended December 31, 2007

  

 

600

  

1,900

    

  

 

11.    Deposits

 

Deposit account balances by interest rate are summarized as follows:

 

    

December 31, 2002


    

December 31, 2001


 
    

Amount


  

% of Total


    

Weighted Average Rate


    

Amount


  

% of Total


    

Weighted Average Rate


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial checking accounts

  

$

150,005

  

4.0

%

  

—  

%

  

$

128,214

  

3.6

%

  

—  

%

Non-interest bearing checking

  

 

139,119

  

3.7

 

  

—  

 

  

 

121,066

  

3.4

 

  

—  

 

Interest bearing NOW accounts

  

 

362,889

  

9.7

 

  

.74

 

  

 

324,991

  

9.1

 

  

.92

 

Money market accounts

  

 

458,144

  

12.2

 

  

1.43

 

  

 

368,672

  

10.4

 

  

2.16

 

Passbook accounts

  

 

1,006,590

  

26.8

 

  

1.24

 

  

 

898,073

  

25.3

 

  

2.00

 

    

  

  

  

  

  

    

 

2,116,747

  

56.4

 

  

1.03

 

  

 

1,841,016

  

51.8

 

  

1.57

 

    

  

  

  

  

  

Certificate accounts:

                                         

Less than 2.00%

  

 

330,189

  

8.8

 

  

1.66

 

  

 

974

  

—  

 

  

1.50

 

2.00% to 2.99%

  

 

543,576

  

14.5

 

  

2.49

 

  

 

338,133

  

9.5

 

  

2.70

 

3.00% to 3.99%

  

 

338,585

  

9.0

 

  

3.40

 

  

 

394,800

  

11.1

 

  

3.40

 

4.00% and greater

  

 

421,927

  

11.3

 

  

5.11

 

  

 

982,471

  

27.6

 

  

5.72

 

    

  

  

  

  

  

    

 

1,634,277

  

43.6

 

  

3.19

 

  

 

1,716,378

  

48.2

 

  

4.59

 

    

  

  

  

  

  

Unamortized premium

  

 

213

  

—  

 

         

 

603

  

—  

 

      
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total deposits

  

$

3,751,237

  

100.0

%

  

1.97

%

  

$

3,557,997

  

100.0

%

  

3.03

%

    

  

  

  

  

  

 

84


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 (jumbo certificates) was $316.3 million and $319.1 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Scheduled maturities of certificate accounts at December 31, 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

 

12 months or less

  

$1,154,505

13 to 24 months

  

257,481

25 to 36 months

  

145,750

36 to 48 months

  

22,221

Over 48 months

  

54,320

    
    

$1,634,277

    

 

Interest expense on deposit accounts is summarized as follows for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

(Dollars in thousands)

NOW and money market accounts

  

$

11,738

  

12,272

  

10,100

Passbook accounts

  

 

15,733

  

18,022

  

18,383

Certificate accounts

  

 

63,492

  

90,370

  

87,026

    

  
  
    

$

90,963

  

120,664

  

115,509

    

  
  

 

At December 31, 2002, U.S. Treasury Notes, FHLMC and FNMA mortgage-backed securities, as well as mortgage loans with an aggregate carrying value and fair value of $42.5 million, were pledged as collateral for certain jumbo certificates.

 

12.    Borrowed Funds

 

Borrowed funds are summarized as follows:

 

    

December 31, 2002


  

December 31, 2001


    

Interest Rate Range


  

Weighted Average Rate


  

Amount


  

Weighted Average Rate


  

Amount


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Fixed-rate advances from FHLB due:

                            

Within 1 year

  

4.87% – 6.78%

  

6.08%

  

$

135,500

  

 6.46%

  

$

280,000

1 to 2 years

  

3.64    – 7.22

  

5.87   

  

 

310,000

  

6.08   

  

 

135,500

2 to 3 years

  

2.88    – 7.20

  

5.33   

  

 

295,000

  

6.30   

  

 

260,000

3 to 4 years

  

3.12    – 6.82

  

4.66   

  

 

155,000

  

6.01   

  

 

205,000

4 to 5 years

  

3.23    – 4.34

  

3.82   

  

 

150,000

  

6.16   

  

 

55,000

5 to 6 years

  

3.48    – 5.86

  

5.07   

  

 

350,000

  

—     

  

 

—  

6 to 7 years

  

5.61    – 5.86

  

5.73   

  

 

50,000

  

5.28   

  

 

310,000

7 to 8 years

  

5.42    – 5.42

  

5.42   

  

 

30,000

  

5.73   

  

 

50,000

Greater than 8 years

  

 —      –  —

  

—     

  

 

—  

  

5.42   

  

 

30,000

    
       

       

Total fixed rate advances

  

2.88    – 7.22

  

5.24   

  

 

1,475,500

  

5.98   

  

 

1,325,500

Adjustable-rate advances from FHLB due:

                            

Within 1 year

  

 —      –  —

  

—      

  

 

—  

  

2.11   

  

 

80,000

1 to 2 years

  

1.39    – 1.39

  

1.39   

  

 

30,000

  

—     

  

 

—  

    
       

       

Total adjustable rate advances

  

1.39    – 1.39

  

1.39   

  

 

30,000

  

2.11   

  

 

80,000

    
       

       

Total advances from FHLB

  

1.39% – 7.22%

  

5.17   

  

 

1,505,500

  

5.76   

  

 

1,405,500

    
                   

Unsecured term bank loan

       

2.53   

  

 

51,000

  

3.16   

  

 

55,000

Unsecured line of credit

       

—      

  

 

—  

  

3.06   

  

 

10,000

              

       

Total borrowed funds

       

5.08%

  

$

1,556,500

  

5.64%

  

$

1,470,500

         
  

  
  

 

85


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago Advances.    The Bank has adopted a collateral pledge agreement whereby the Bank has agreed to at all times keep on hand, free of all other pledges, liens, and encumbrances, first mortgages with unpaid principal balances aggregating no less than 167% of the outstanding secured advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Chicago. All stock in the FHLB of Chicago is pledged as additional collateral for these advances. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had a $30.0 million adjustable-rate advance that is indexed to the three-month London interbank offering rate (“LIBOR”) less three basis points.

 

Included in FHLB of Chicago advances at December 31, 2002 are $480.0 million of fixed-rate advances with original scheduled maturities of 5 to 10 years, which are putable at the discretion of the FHLB of Chicago as follows: $350.0 million at 5.66% in 2003, $80.0 million at 5.35% in 2004, $50.0 million at 5.56% in 2005. The Bank receives a lower cost of borrowing on such advances than on similar non-putable long-term advances in return for granting the FHLB of Chicago the option to put the advances back to the Bank prior to their final maturity. The table on the previous page shows all advances at their final maturity.

 

Unsecured Term Bank Loan.    In 2001, the Company obtained a $55.0 million unsecured term bank loan in conjunction with its acquisition of Mid Town with a final maturity of December 31, 2008. The loan agreement provides for an interest rate of one, two, three, six or twelve month LIBOR at the option of the borrower plus 110 basis points. At December 31, 2002, the interest rate is currently one-month LIBOR plus 110 basis points, or 2.53%. At December 31, 2002, the balance of the unsecured term loan is $51.0 million after the Company made its scheduled principal payment of $4.0 million on December 31, 2002. Prepayments of principal are allowed without penalty at the end of any repricing period.

 

Scheduled principal repayments on the unsecured term bank loan are as follows as of December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

 

December 31,


    

2003

  

$  6,000

2004

  

7,000

2005

  

8,000

2006

  

8,000

2007

  

11,000

2008

  

11,000

    
    

$51,000

    

 

Unsecured Line of Credit.    In conjunction with the term bank loan, the Company also maintains a $40.0 million one year unsecured revolving line of credit, renewable annually on November 30. The balance outstanding on the line of credit was $0 and $10.0 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001 respectively. This line of credit is subject to interest rates at one, two, three, six or twelve-month LIBOR plus 100 basis points. The financing agreements contain covenants that, among other things, require the Company to maintain a minimum stockholders’ equity balance and to obtain certain minimum operating results, as well as requiring the Bank to maintain “well capitalized” regulatory capital levels and certain non-performing asset ratios. In addition, the Company has agreed to certain restrictions on additional indebtedness and agreed not to pledge any stock of the Bank or MAF Developments for any purpose. At December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

 

86


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements.    The Bank enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase identical securities (“reverse repurchase agreements”) with nationally recognized primary securities dealers and are treated as financings. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to the dealers who arrange the transaction and are reflected as assets. At December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 the bank had no outstanding repurchase agreements. During 2000 the maximum month-end balance was $19.8 million, the average balance was $11.3 million and the weighted average rate on the average balance was 6.23%.

 

Interest expense on borrowed funds is summarized as follows for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

(Dollars in thousands)

FHLB of Chicago advances

  

$

78,765

  

91,851

  

98,096

Unsecured term bank loan

  

 

1,634

  

1,650

  

2,258

Unsecured revolving line of credit

  

 

103

  

324

  

510

Other borrowings

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

800

    

  
  
    

$

80,502

  

93,825

  

101,664

    

  
  

 

13.    Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Bank enters into forward commitments to sell mortgage loans for future delivery as a means of limiting exposure to changing interest rates between the date a loan customer commits to a given rate, or closes the loan, whichever is sooner, and the sale date, which is generally 10 to 60 days after the closing date. These commitments to sell require the Bank to deliver mortgage loans at stated coupon rates within the specified forward sale period, and subject the Bank to risk to the extent the loans do not close. The Bank attempts to mitigate this risk by collecting a non-refundable commitment fee, where possible, and by estimating a percentage of fallout when determining the amount of forward commitments to sell. The following is a summary of the Bank’s forward sales commitment activity for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year

  

$

195,888

 

  

47,943

 

  

20,089

 

New forward commitments to deliver loans

  

 

1,428,901

 

  

1,167,118

 

  

363,519

 

Loans delivered to satisfy forward commitments

  

 

(1,307,526

)

  

(1,019,173

)

  

(335,665

)

    


  

  

Balance at end of year

  

$

317,263

 

  

195,888

 

  

47,943

 

    


  

  

 

The Company adopted SFAS No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” on January 1, 2001. Loan commitments and forward sales are valued as derivative instruments with adjustments included in gain on sale of loans at each period end. At December 31, 2002 the net fair value adjustment of locked commitments and forward sales was $685,000.

 

87


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

The Bank also enters into interest rate futures contracts to hedge its exposure to price fluctuations on firm commitments to originate loans intended for sale, that have not been covered by forward commitments to sell loans for future delivery. Included in gain on sale of mortgage loans for the year ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are $(66,000), $(182,000), and $(65,000), of net futures losses, respectively, from hedging activities. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Bank had $-0- and $68,000 of net deferred gains on futures contracts, respectively. The following is a summary of the notional amount of interest rate futures contract activity for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year

  

$

—  

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

Interest rate futures contracts sold

  

 

49,700

 

  

73,500

 

  

35,400

 

Interest rate futures contracts closed

  

 

(48,700

)

  

(73,500

)

  

(35,400

)

    


  

  

Balance at end of year

  

$

1,000

 

  

—  

 

  

—  

 

    


  

  

 

14.    Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense is summarized below:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

(In thousands)

Current:

                

Federal

  

$

28,088

  

20,739

  

29,866

State

  

 

3,787

  

2,677

  

1,783

    

  
  
    

 

31,875

  

23,416

  

31,649

    

  
  

Deferred:

                

Federal

  

 

8,445

  

11,627

  

477

State

  

 

455

  

423

  

185

    

  
  
    

 

8,900

  

12,050

  

662

    

  
  

Total income tax expense

  

$

40,775

  

35,466

  

32,311

    

  
  

 

Retained earnings at December 31, 2002 include $59.4 million of tax bad debt reserves for which no provision for income taxes has been made. If in the future this amount or a portion thereof, is used for certain purposes other than to absorb losses on bad debts, an income tax liability will be imposed on the amount so used at the then current corporate income tax rate. If deferred taxes were required to be provided on this item, the amount of this deferred tax liability would be approximately $23.5 million.

 

The reasons for the differences between the effective income tax rate and the corporate federal income tax rate are summarized in the following table:

 

    

Percentage of
Income Before Income Taxes


    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


    

2001


  

2000


    

(In thousands)

Federal income tax rate

  

35.0

%

  

35.0

  

35.0

Items affecting effective income tax rate:

                

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

  

2.4

 

  

2.1

  

1.4

Other items, net

  

(1.9

)

  

.3

    
    

  
  

Effective income tax rate

  

35.5

%

  

37.4

  

36.4

    

  
  

 

88


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2002 and 2001 are presented below:

 

    

December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

               

Deferred compensation

  

$

6,806

 

  

6,386

 

Allowance for loan losses

  

 

8,016

 

  

8,042

 

Book versus tax basis of loans receivable

  

 

1,419

 

  

497

 

Book versus tax basis of securities

  

 

951

 

  

—  

 

Other

  

 

1,597

 

  

2,118

 

    


  

Total deferred tax assets

  

 

18,789

 

  

17,043

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

               

REIT Dividends

  

 

(16,616

)

  

(10,019

)

Loan origination fees and expenses

  

 

(567

)

  

(1,608

)

Excess of tax bad debt reserve over base year amount

  

 

(508

)

  

(1,017

)

Book versus tax basis of land and fixed assets

  

 

(6,194

)

  

(4,131

)

Book versus tax basis of capitalized servicing

  

 

(5,424

)

  

(4,418

)

Book versus tax basis of intangible assets

  

 

(2,773

)

  

(3,060

)

Book versus tax basis in FHLB stock

  

 

(10,020

)

  

(6,566

)

Book versus tax basis of securities

  

 

—  

 

  

(586

)

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

  

 

(3,148

)

  

(2,406

)

Other

  

 

(1,130

)

  

(859

)

    


  

Total deferred tax liabilities

  

 

(46,380

)

  

(34,670

)

    


  

Net deferred tax liability

  

$

(27,591

)

  

(17,627

)

    


  

 

15.    Regulatory Capital

 

The Bank is subject to regulatory capital requirements under the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators, which could have a material impact on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

 

Quantitative measures established by the OTS to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (as set forth in the table below) of three capital requirements: a tangible capital (as defined in the regulations) to adjusted total assets ratio, a core capital (as defined) to adjusted total assets ratio, and a risk-based capital (as defined) to total risk-weighted assets ratio. The Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject as of December 31, 2002.

 

89


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios, as well as minimum amounts and ratios required for capital adequacy and prompt corrective action provisions are presented below:

 

    

Actual


    

For Capital Adequacy Purposes


    

To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions


 
    

Amount


  

Ratio


    

Amount


  

Ratio


    

Amount


  

Ratio


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2002:

                                             

Tangible capital

                                             

    (to total assets)

  

$

392,995

  

6.78

%

  

³

$  86,971

  

³

1.50

%

  

 

N/A

        

Core capital

                                             

    (to total assets)

  

$

392,995

  

6.78

%

  

³

$173,942

  

³

3.00

%

  

³

$289,903

  

³

5.00

%

Total capital

                                             

    (to risk-weighted assets)

  

$

405,959

  

11.85

%

  

³

$274,114

  

³

8.00

%

  

³

$342,642

  

³

10.00

%

Core capital

                                             

    (to risk-weighted assets)

  

$

392,995

  

11.47

%

  

 

N/A

           

³

$205,585

  

³

6.00

%

As of December 31, 2001:

                                             

Tangible capital

                                             

    (to total assets)

  

$

350,825

  

6.44

%

  

³

$  81,686

  

³

1.50

%

  

 

N/A

        

Core capital

                                             

    (to total assets)

  

$

350,825

  

6.44

%

  

³

$163,372

  

³

3.00

%

  

³

$272,287

  

³

5.00

%

Total capital

                                             

    (to risk-weighted assets)

  

$

364,365

  

11.31

%

  

³

$257,691

  

³

8.00

%

  

³

$322,114

  

³

10.00

%

Core capital

                                             

    (to risk-weighted assets)

  

$

350,825

  

10.89

%

  

 

N/A

           

³

$193,269

  

³

6.00

%

 

OTS regulations provide various standards under which the Bank may declare and pay dividends to the Company. If the total amount of all dividends, including the proposed dividend, declared by the Bank in any calendar year, does not exceed the Bank’s net income of that year to date combined with the retained net income of the preceding two years, the Bank must file a notice of such proposed dividend with the OTS. At December 31, 2002, $37.0 million of the Bank’s retained earnings were available for dividend declaration under this standard. Proposed capital distributions in excess of this retained net income standard are not prohibited but are merely subject to greater regulatory review through an application process.

 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the most recent notification from the OTS categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain a minimum core capital to adjusted total assets, risk-based capital to adjusted risk-weighted assets, and core capital to adjusted risk-weighted assets ratios as set forth in the table above. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

90


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

16.    Officer, Director and Employee Benefit Plans

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP).    The Mid America Bank, fsb ESOP covers substantially all employees with more than one year of employment who have attained the age of 21. Contributions to the ESOP by the Bank are currently made to purchase additional common shares of the Company’s stock. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, total contributions to the ESOP were $640,000, $1.1 million, and $1.0 million, respectively, which were expensed. The ESOP purchased 16,211, 37,190, and 60,078 of the Company’s shares for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

Profit Sharing Plan/401(k) Plan.    The Mid America Bank, fsb Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan allows employees to make pre-tax or after-tax contributions to the plan, subject to certain limitations. The Bank matches the pre-tax contributions of employees at a rate equal to 35%, up to a $1,200 maximum matching contribution per employee. The Bank, at its discretion, may make additional contributions. Employees’ contributions vest immediately while the Bank’s contributions vest gradually based on an employee’s years of service. The Bank made discretionary and matching contributions of $1.9 million, $1.0 million, and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

 

Stock Option Plans.    The Company and its shareholders have adopted stock option plans for the benefit of employees and directors of the Bank. Vesting generally occurs over a period of approximately three years, except for option grants to non-employee directors, which are immediately exercisable.

 

The number of shares of common stock authorized under the combination of the MAF Bancorp 1990 Incentive Stock Option Plan and the MAF Bancorp 2000 Stock Option Plan (“Incentive Plans”) is 4,027,791. Under each of these plans, the option exercise price must be at least 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, and the option term cannot exceed 10 years. A summary of shares subject to options and stock option activity and related information in these Incentive Plans follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

Shares


    

Average Exercise Price


  

Shares


    

Average Exercise Price


  

Shares


    

Average Exercise Price


Beginning of year

  

2,119,172

 

  

$

23.25

  

1,218,955

 

  

$

20.01

  

1,578,677

 

  

$

16.02

Granted

  

530,500

 

  

 

34.25

  

948,250

 

  

 

27.20

  

22,750

 

  

 

18.19

Exercised

  

(214,391

)

  

 

11.19

  

(36,253

)

  

 

17.10

  

(364,282

)

  

 

2.38

Cancelled

  

(7,465

)

  

 

27.06

  

(11,780

)

  

 

24.91

  

(18,190

)

  

 

24.18

    

  

  

  

  

  

End of year

  

2,427,816

 

  

$

26.71

  

2,119,172

 

  

$

23.25

  

1,218,955

 

  

$

20.01

    

  

  

  

  

  

Options exercisable

  

1,358,466

 

  

 

23.83

  

1,133,472

 

  

 

20.42

  

790,519

 

  

 

18.08

    

  

  

  

  

  

Fair value of options

    granted during year

         

$

9.91

         

$

8.81

         

$

6.20

           

         

         

 

At December 31, 2002, options for 536,357 shares were available for grant under the Incentive Plans, which includes additions to the available shares of 230,084, representing shares surrendered in connection with stock option exercises. Cancelled options also increase the number of shares available for grant under the Incentive Plans.

 

91


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

The number of shares of common stock authorized under the MAF Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Premium Price Stock Option Plan is 556,875. The option exercise price equals 133% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant with respect to executive officers, 110% with respect to directors and 100% with respect to non-executive employees. The option term cannot exceed 10 years. A summary of shares subject to options and stock option activity and related information for the Premium Plan follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

Shares


    

Average Exercise Price


  

Shares


    

Average Exercise Price


  

Shares


    

Average Exercise Price


Beginning of year

  

499,370

 

  

$

19.78

  

517,359

 

  

$

19.57

  

519,359

 

  

$

19.54

Exercised

  

(35,151

)

  

 

15.14

  

(17,989

)

  

 

13.81

  

(2,000

)

  

 

11.78

    

  

  

  

  

  

End of year

  

464,219

 

  

$

20.13

  

499,370

 

  

$

19.78

  

517,359

 

  

$

19.57

    

  

  

  

  

  

Options exercisable

  

464,219

 

  

 

20.13

  

499,370

 

  

 

19.78

  

517,359

 

  

 

19.57

    

  

  

  

  

  

 

At December 31, 2002, no options were available for grant under the Premium Plan.

 

In conjunction with the Company’s acquisitions, certain stock options owned by individuals of the acquired institutions were carried over into stock options of the Company based on the transactions’ exchange ratios. The values of these stock options were included in the purchase price of the transactions as well as in additional paid-in capital in the consolidated statements of financial condition. A summary of the shares subject to options and activity in these carryover stock options is as follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

Shares


    

Average Exercise Price


  

Shares


  

Average Exercise Price


  

Shares


    

Average Exercise Price


Beginning of year

  

82,069

 

  

$

4.78

  

82,069

  

$

4.78

  

141,066

 

  

$

4.51

Carryover options issued

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

Exercised

  

(82,069

)

  

 

4.78

  

—  

  

 

—  

  

(58,997

)

  

 

4.14

    

  

  
  

  

  

End of year

  

—  

 

  

$

—  

  

82,069

  

$

4.78

  

82,069

 

  

$

4.78

    

  

  
  

  

  

Options exercisable

  

—  

 

  

$

—  

  

82,069

  

$

4.78

  

82,069

 

  

$

4.78

    

  

  
  

  

  

 

At December 31, 2002 the following stock options are outstanding:

 

    

Options Outstanding


  

Options Exercisable


Range of

Exercise Prices


  

Options

Outstanding


    

Weighted-Average Remaining

Life (yrs.)


    

Weighted-Average
Exercise

Price


  

Options

Exercisable


    

Weighted-Average
Exercise

Price


$  6.94 to $ 14.92

  

338,957

    

2.63

    

$

12.27

  

338,957

    

$

12.27

  15.20 to    26.48

  

1,078,611

    

6.72

    

 

23.16

  

864,151

    

 

22.73

  27.06 to    39.00

  

1,474,467

    

8.46

    

 

30.55

  

619,577

    

 

28.91

    
                  
        
    

2,892,035

    

7.13

    

$

25.65

  

1,822,685

    

$

22.89

    
    
    

  
    

 

92


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

The Company applies APB Opinion 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock option plans. Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock option plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under those plans consistent with the method of SFAS No. 148, the Company’s net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated in the table below:

 

         

Year Ended December 31,


         

2002


  

2001


  

2000


         

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Net income

  

As reported

  

$

73,971

  

59,475

  

56,559

    

Pro-forma

  

 

70,978

  

56,553

  

54,040

Basic earnings per share

  

As reported

  

 

3.19

  

2.62

  

2.43

    

Pro-forma

  

 

3.06

  

2.49

  

2.32

Diluted earnings per share

  

As reported

  

 

3.11

  

2.56

  

2.40

    

Pro-forma

  

$

3.06

  

2.49

  

2.28

         

  
  

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively: dividend yield of 1.75%, 1.63%, and 2.01%; expected volatility of 26.56%, 26.11%, and 25.25%; risk-free interest rates of 3.44%, 4.77%, and 6.46%; expected life of 7.5 years for each period.

 

Stock Option Gain Deferral Plan.    The MAF Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Gain Deferral Plan (“Gain Deferral Plan”) was adopted during 1999. The Gain Deferral Plan combines traditional deferred compensation arrangements with stock option exercise transactions by allowing designated executive officer participants (currently two) to defer to a future date, the receipt of shares representing the value of underlying MAF Bancorp stock options. Dividends paid on MAF Bancorp shares deferred through the Gain Deferral Plan are recorded as compensation expense and reinvested in MAF Bancorp shares. The Company’s obligation to issue the deferred MAF Bancorp shares in the future is recorded in stockholders’ equity as the sum of (a) the number of shares purchased with reinvested dividends multiplied by the purchase price of such shares, and (b) the number of shares deferred in option exercise transactions multiplied by the exercise price of the related stock options.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.    The Bank sponsors a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for the purpose of providing certain retirement benefits to executive officers and other corporate officers approved by the Board of Directors. The annual retirement plan benefit under the SERP is calculated equal to 2% of final average salary times the years of service after 1994, or such later date that a participant enters the plan. In most cases, ten additional years of service are credited to participants in the event of a change in control transaction although in no event may total years of service exceed 20 years. The maximum annual retirement benefit payable is equal to 40% of final average salary. Benefits are payable in various forms in the event of retirement, death, disability and separation from service, subject to certain conditions defined in the plan. The SERP also provides for certain death benefits to the extent such amounts exceed a participant’s accrued benefit at the time of death. The plan is unfunded, however, the Company funds life insurance policies that may be used to satisfy obligations of the SERP.

 

93


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

The following table sets forth the change in benefit obligations and the related assumptions for the SERP for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Projected benefit obligation—beginning of year

  

$

2,960

 

  

2,209

 

  

1,552

 

Service cost

  

 

483

 

  

431

 

  

351

 

Interest cost

  

 

217

 

  

169

 

  

125

 

Actuarial losses

  

 

142

 

  

156

 

  

186

 

Benefits paid

  

 

(5

)

  

(5

)

  

(5

)

    


  

  

Projected benefit obligation—end of year

  

$

3,797

 

  

2,960

 

  

2,209

 

    


  

  

Funded status

  

 

(3,797

)

  

(2,960

)

  

(2,209

)

Unrecognized loss

  

 

258

 

  

136

 

  

143

 

    


  

  

Accrued benefit cost

  

$

(3,539

)

  

(2,824

)

  

(2,066

)

    


  

  

Weighted average assumptions:

                      

Discount rate

  

 

7.25

%

  

7.50

 

  

8.00

 

Rate of compensation increase

  

 

5.00

 

  

5.00

 

  

5.00

 

    


  

  

The following sets forth the components of the net periodic benefit cost related to the SERP:

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Service cost

  

$

483

 

  

431

 

  

351

 

Interest cost

  

 

217

 

  

169

 

  

125

 

Unrecognized net (gain) loss

  

 

20

 

  

164

 

  

—  

 

    


  

  

Net periodic benefit cost

  

$

720

 

  

764

 

  

476

 

    


  

  

 

17.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Bank is a party to various financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of its business. These instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and forward commitments to sell loans. These financial instruments carry varying degrees of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of amounts recorded in the financial statements.

 

Commitments to originate and purchase loans of $751.9 million at December 31, 2002, represent amounts which the Bank plans to fund within the normal commitment period of 30 to 90 days of which $456.9 million were fixed-rate, with rates ranging from 4.50% to 8.25%, and $295.0 million were adjustable-rate loans. Prospective borrowers had locked the interest rate on $211.7 million of fixed-rate loans and $98.6 million of the adjustable-rate loans. Because the credit worthiness of each customer is reviewed prior to extension of the commitment, the Bank adequately controls their credit risk on these commitments, as it does for loans recorded on the balance sheet. As part of its effort to control interest-rate risk on these commitments, the Bank generally sells fixed-rate mortgage loan commitments, for future delivery, at a specified price and at a specified future date. Such commitments for future delivery present a risk to the Bank, in the event it cannot deliver the loans during the delivery period. This could lead to the Bank being charged a fee for non-performance, or being forced to reprice the mortgage loans at a lower rate, causing a loss to the Bank. The Bank seeks to mitigate this potential loss by charging potential borrowers, at the time of application, a fee to fix the interest rate, or by requiring the

 

94


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

interest rate to float at market rates until shortly before closing. At December 31, 2002, forward commitments to sell mortgage loans for future delivery were $317.3 million, of which $167.8 million are related to loans held for sale, and $149.5 million are unfunded as of December 31, 2002.

 

The Bank has approved, but unused, home equity lines of credit of $373.6 million at December 31, 2002. Approval of equity lines is based on underwriting standards that generally do not allow total borrowings, including the equity line of credit to exceed 80% of the current appraised value of the customer’s home, which is similar to guidelines used when the Bank originates first mortgage loans, and are a means of controlling its credit risk on the loan. However, the Bank offers home equity lines of credit up to 100% of the home’s current appraised value, less existing liens, at a commensurately higher interest rate. In addition, the Bank has $25.5 million in approved but unused commercial business lines.

 

At December 31, 2002, the Bank had standby letters of credit totaling $19.1 million. Two of these standby letters of credit total $13.3 million, and enhance two industrial revenue bond financings of commercial real estate in the Bank’s market. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had pledged mortgage-backed securities and investment securities with an aggregate carrying value and fair value of $22.5 million and $23.4 million respectively, as collateral for these two standby letters of credit. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in these transactions is essentially the same as that involved in extending a loan to a customer in the normal course of business, as performance under the letters of credit creates a first position lien in favor of the Bank. Additionally, at December 31, 2002, the Company had standby letters of credit totaling $9.6 million, which ensure the completion of land development improvements on behalf of MAF Developments, Inc.

 

The contractual amounts of credit-related financial instruments such as commitments to extend credit, and letters of credit, represent the amounts of potential accounting loss should the contract be fully drawn upon, the customer default, and the value of any existing collateral become worthless. At December 31, 2002, the Bank had $7.2 million of credit risk related to loans sold to the MPF program. Additionally, the Bank had a $9.4 million credit risk related to loans with private mortgage insurance in force.

 

In addition to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, the Bank is exposed to varying risks with concentrations of credit. Concentrations of credit include significant lending activities in specific geographical areas and large extensions of credit to individual borrowers. The Bank’s loan portfolio primarily consists of loans within its market area. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, loans representing 94.5% and 94.3%, respectively, of the Bank’s total loans receivable were located in the State of Illinois.

 

On August 15, 2002, the Company announced that the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) was reviewing its mortgage lending practices to determine compliance with the federal fair lending laws. The Bank reached an agreement with the DOJ to resolve this inquiry in December 2002. On December 30, 2002, the DOJ filed a complaint against the Bank in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois alleging certain violations of the Fair Housing Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act based on the level of the Bank’s lending in minority areas during the period 1996-2000; the Bank filed its answer denying all such alleged violations; and the parties filed an agreed consent order which was entered by the Court on January 8, 2003. The Agreed Consent Order requires the Bank to

 

95


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

undertake a number of actions over the next five years to promote its home mortgage lending in communities with significant minority populations, including:

 

    Open or acquire two branch offices in minority areas within 30 months.

 

    Implement a targeted advertising campaign to increase home mortgage lending.

 

    Provide $10 million in benefits to borrowers over the next five years under special lending programs to help residents of minority areas achieve home ownership (which may include subsidized interest rates, down payment and closing cost assistance, and prime rate loans to borrowers with below prime credit).

 

    Contribute $500,000 over the next five years to homebuyer education and counseling programs, and conduct an assessment of the home mortgage credit needs of residents in minority areas.

 

18.    Parent Company Only Financial Information

 

The information as of December 31, 2002, and 2001, and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, presented below should be read in conjunction with the other Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

    

December 31,


 

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition


  

2002


    

2001


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  

$

13,960

 

  

8,027

 

Investment securities

  

 

8,598

 

  

8,808

 

Equity in net assets of subsidiaries

  

 

529,713

 

  

485,824

 

Other assets

  

 

5,704

 

  

5,404

 

    


  

    

$

557,975

 

  

508,063

 

    


  

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

               

Liabilities:

               

Borrowed funds

  

$

51,000

 

  

65,000

 

Accrued expenses

  

 

5,517

 

  

7,190

 

    


  

Total liabilities

  

 

56,517

 

  

72,190

 

    


  

Stockholders’ equity:

               

Common stock

  

 

254

 

  

254

 

Additional paid-in capital

  

 

204,710

 

  

201,468

 

Retained earnings, substantially restricted

  

 

342,790

 

  

286,535

 

Stock in Gain Deferral Plan

  

 

851

 

  

718

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  

 

4,819

 

  

3,672

 

Treasury stock

  

 

(51,966

)

  

(56,774

)

    


  

Total stockholders’ equity

  

 

501,458

 

  

435,873

 

    


  

    

$

557,975

 

  

508,063

 

    


  

 

96


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 

Condensed Statements of Operations


  

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Dividend income from subsidiaries

  

$

35,000

 

  

54,084

 

  

20,000

 

Interest income

  

 

716

 

  

643

 

  

564

 

Interest expense

  

 

1,739

 

  

1,978

 

  

2,775

 

    


  

  

Net interest and dividend income

  

 

33,977

 

  

52,749

 

  

17,789

 

Gain on sale of investments, net

  

 

179

 

  

472

 

  

256

 

Non-interest expense

  

 

2,403

 

  

2,017

 

  

1,911

 

    


  

  

Net income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

  

 

31,753

 

  

51,204

 

  

16,134

 

Income tax benefit

  

 

(1,333

)

  

(1,173

)

  

(1,595

)

    


  

  

Net income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

  

 

33,086

 

  

52,377

 

  

17,729

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

  

 

40,885

 

  

7,098

 

  

38,830

 

    


  

  

Net income

  

$

73,971

 

  

59,475

 

  

56,559

 

    


  

  

    

Year Ended December 31,


 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows


  

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Operating activities:

                      

Net income

  

$

73,971

 

  

59,475

 

  

56,559

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

  

 

(40,885

)

  

(7,098

)

  

(38,830

)

Gain on sale of investment securities

  

 

(179

)

  

(472

)

  

(256

)

Net decrease (increase) in other assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions

  

 

(1,476

)

  

377

 

  

4,932

 

    


  

  

Net cash provided by operating activities

  

 

31,431

 

  

52,282

 

  

22,405

 

Investing activities:

                      

Proceeds from sale of and maturities of investment securities

  

 

1,554

 

  

4,104

 

  

2,201

 

Loans to subsidiaries less repayments, net

  

 

(855

)

  

109

 

  

—  

 

Purchases of investment securities

  

 

(1,329

)

  

(2,735

)

  

(1,631

)

Payment for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  

 

—  

 

  

(53,904

)

  

—  

 

    


  

  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  

 

(630

)

  

(52,426

)

  

570

 

Financing activities:

                      

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  

 

2,366

 

  

832

 

  

221

 

Proceeds from borrowings

  

 

—  

 

  

71,000

 

  

15,000

 

Repayment of borrowings

  

 

(14,000

)

  

(39,400

)

  

(11,500

)

Purchase of treasury stock

  

 

(168

)

  

(17,301

)

  

(19,071

)

Cash dividends paid

  

 

13,066

 

  

9,900

 

  

8,822

 

    


  

  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  

 

(24,868

)

  

5,231

 

  

(24,172

)

    


  

  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  

 

5,933

 

  

5,087

 

  

(1,197

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  

 

8,027

 

  

2,940

 

  

4,137

 

    


  

  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  

$

13,960

 

  

8,027

 

  

2,940

 

    


  

  

 

97


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

19.    Segment Information

 

The Company utilizes the “management approach” for segment reporting. This approach is based on the way that a chief decision maker for the Company organizes segments for making operating decisions and assessing performance.

 

The Company operates two separate lines of business. The Bank operates primarily as a retail consumer bank, participating in mortgage loan portfolio lending, deposit gathering and offering other financial services mainly to individuals. Land development consists primarily of acquiring, obtaining necessary zoning and regulatory approvals and improving raw land into developed residential lots for resale to builders. All goodwill is assigned to the retail banking segment. Selected segment information is included in the table below:

 

    

Year Ended December 31, 2002


    

Retail Banking


  

Land Development


      

Eliminations


    

Consolidated Total


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest income

  

$

329,490

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

  

329,490

Interest expense

  

 

171,369

  

96

 

    

—  

 

  

171,465

    

  

    

  

Net interest income (expense)

  

 

158,121

  

(96

)

    

—  

 

  

158,025

Provision for loan losses

  

 

300

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

  

300

    

  

    

  

Net interest income after provision

  

 

157,821

  

(96

)

    

—  

 

  

157,725

Non-interest income

  

 

46,646

  

9,717

 

    

—  

 

  

56,363

Non-interest expense

  

 

98,177

  

1,165

 

    

—  

 

  

99,342

    

  

    

  

Income before income taxes

  

 

106,290

  

8,456

 

    

—  

 

  

114,746

Income tax expense

  

 

37,421

  

3,354

 

    

—  

 

  

40,775

    

  

    

  

Net income

  

$

68,869

  

5,102

 

    

—  

 

  

73,971

    

  

    

  

Average assets

  

$

5,725,359

  

14,040

 

    

—  

 

  

5,739,399

    

  

    

  
    

Year Ended December 31, 2001


    

Retail Banking


  

Land Development


      

Eliminations


    

Consolidated Total


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest income

  

$

345,767

  

—  

 

    

(31

)

  

345,736

Interest expense

  

 

214,321

  

199

 

    

(31

)

  

214,489

    

  

    

  

Net interest income

  

 

131,446

  

(199

)

    

—  

 

  

131,247

Non-interest income

  

 

35,634

  

11,484

 

    

—  

 

  

47,118

Non-interest expense

  

 

82,547

  

877

 

    

—  

 

  

83,424

    

  

    

  

Income before income taxes

  

 

84,533

  

10,408

 

    

—  

 

  

94,941

Income tax expense

  

 

31,338

  

4,128

 

    

—  

 

  

35,466

    

  

    

  

Net income

  

$

53,195

  

6,280

 

    

—  

 

  

59,475

    

  

    

  

Average assets

  

$

5,203,707

  

10,768

 

    

—  

 

  

5,214,475

    

  

    

  
    

Year Ended December 31, 2000


    

Retail Banking


  

Land Development


      

Eliminations


    

Consolidated Total


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest income

  

$

343,319

  

—  

 

    

(216

)

  

343,103

Interest expense

  

 

217,173

  

216

 

    

(216

)

  

217,173

    

  

    

  

Net interest income

  

 

126,146

  

(216

)

    

—  

 

  

125,930

Provision for loan losses

  

 

1,500

  

—  

 

    

—  

 

  

1,500

    

  

    

  

Net interest income after provision

  

 

124,646

  

(216

)

    

—  

 

  

124,430

Non-interest income

  

 

27,907

  

9,536

 

    

—  

 

  

37,443

Non-interest expense

  

 

72,251

  

752

 

    

—  

 

  

73,003

    

  

    

  

Income before income taxes

  

 

80,302

  

8,568

 

    

—  

 

  

88,870

Income tax expense

  

 

28,912

  

3,399

 

    

—  

 

  

32,311

    

  

    

  

Net income

  

$

51,390

  

5,169

 

    

—  

 

  

56,559

    

  

    

  

Average assets

  

$

4,936,570

  

11,662

 

    

—  

 

  

4,948,232

    

  

    

  

 

98


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

20.    Fair Values of Financial Instruments

 

SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” requires the disclosure of estimated fair values of all asset, liability and off-balance sheet financial instruments. The estimated fair value amounts under SFAS No. 107 have been determined as of a specific point in time utilizing available market information, assumptions and appropriate valuation methodologies. Accordingly, the estimated fair values presented herein are not necessarily representative of the underlying value of the Company. Rather the disclosures are limited to reasonable estimates of the fair value of only the Company’s financial instruments. The use of assumptions and various valuation techniques, as well as the absence of secondary markets for certain financial instruments, will likely reduce the comparability of fair value disclosures between financial institutions. The Company does not plan to sell most of its assets or settle most of its liabilities at these values.

 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are set forth in the following table below.

 

    

December 31, 2002


  

December 31, 2001


    

Carrying Amount


  

Fair
Value


  

Carrying Amount


  

Fair
Value


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Financial assets:

                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  

$

262,680

  

262,680

  

224,672

  

224,672

Investment securities

  

 

308,235

  

308,235

  

487,542

  

487,542

Mortgage-backed securities

  

 

365,638

  

365,638

  

142,158

  

142,158

Loans receivable

  

 

4,530,932

  

4,643,035

  

4,447,575

  

4,553,845

Interest receivable

  

 

27,513

  

27,513

  

28,761

  

28,761

    

  
  
  

Total financial assets

  

$

5,494,998

  

5,607,101

  

5,330,708

  

5,436,978

    

  
  
  

Financial liabilities:

                     

Non-maturity deposits

  

$

2,116,747

  

2,116,747

  

1,841,016

  

1,841,016

Deposits with stated maturities

  

 

1,634,490

  

1,651,839

  

1,716,981

  

1,736,553

Borrowed funds

  

 

1,556,500

  

1,671,254

  

1,470,500

  

1,535,300

Interest payable

  

 

6,852

  

6,852

  

7,196

  

7,196

    

  
  
  

Total financial liabilities

  

$

5,314,589

  

5,416,603

  

5,035,693

  

5,120,065

    

  
  
  

 

The following methods and assumptions are used by the Company in estimating the fair value amounts for its financial instruments.

 

Cash and cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the relatively short period of time between the origination of the instruments and their expected realization.

 

Investment securities and mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of these financial instruments were estimated using quoted market prices, when available. If quoted market prices were not available, fair value was estimated using quoted market prices for similar assets. The fair value of FHLB of Chicago stock is based on its redemption value.

 

Loans receivable. The fair value of loans receivable held for investment is estimated based on contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayment assumptions, discounted using the current rate at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and remaining terms to maturity. The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale are based on estimated values that could be obtained in the secondary market.

 

Interest receivable and payable. The carrying value of interest receivable, net of the reserve for uncollected interest, and interest payable approximates fair value due to the relatively short period of time between accrual and expected realization.

 

99


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

Deposits. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposit, passbook savings, NOW and money market accounts, are disclosed as the amount payable on demand. The fair value of fixed-maturity deposits is the present value of the contractual cash flows discounted using interest rates currently being offered for deposits with similar remaining terms to maturity.

 

Borrowed funds. The fair value of FHLB of Chicago advances and reverse repurchase agreements is the present value of the contractual cash flows, discounted by the current rate offered for similar remaining maturities. The carrying value of the unsecured term bank loan approximates fair value due to the short term to repricing and adjustable rate nature of the loan.

 

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated based on current levels of interest rates versus the committed rates. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the fair value of the Bank’s mortgage loan commitments of $751.9 million and $478.9 million, respectively, was $9.9 million and $(2.0) million, respectively, which represents the differential between the committed value and value at current rates. The fair value of the standby letters of credit approximate the recorded amounts of related fees and are not material at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

 

100


Table of Contents

MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

21.    Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

The following are the consolidated results of operations on a quarterly basis:

 

    

Year Ended December 31, 2002


    

First Quarter(1)


  

Second Quarter(1)


  

Third Quarter(1)


  

Fourth Quarter


    

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Interest income

  

$

81,556

  

81,882

  

82,966

  

83,086

Interest expense

  

 

45,592

  

43,745

  

42,026

  

40,102

    

  
  
  

Net interest income

  

 

35,964

  

38,137

  

40,940

  

42,984

Provision for loan losses

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

  

300

    

  
  
  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

  

 

35,964

  

38,137

  

40,940

  

42,684

Net gain on sale of assets

  

 

2,832

  

3,342

  

5,953

  

4,501

Income from real estate operations

  

 

2,897

  

160

  

3,791

  

2,869

Other non-interest income

  

 

7,945

  

8,092

  

6,910

  

7,071

Non-interest expense

  

 

23,581

  

24,286

  

25,441

  

26,034

    

  
  
  

Income before income taxes

  

 

26,057

  

25,445

  

32,153

  

31,091

Income tax expense

  

 

9,415

  

9,059

  

11,503

  

10,798

    

  
  
  

Net income

  

$

16,642

  

16,386

  

20,650

  

20,293

    

  
  
  

Basic earnings per share

  

$

.72

  

.71

  

.89

  

.87

    

  
  
  

Diluted earnings per share

  

$

.70

  

.69

  

.87

  

.85

    

  
  
  

Cash dividends declared per share

  

$

.15

  

.15

  

.15

  

.15

    

  
  
  

Stock price information:

                     

High

  

$

35.29

  

40.11

  

38.04

  

35.41

Low

  

 

28.70

  

34.37

  

29.60

  

28.60

Close

  

 

35.25

  

37.60

  

30.90

  

34.00


(1)    The first three quarters of 2002 were restated upon adoption of SFAS No. 147.

 

    
    

Year Ended December 31, 2001


    

First Quarter


  

Second Quarter


  

Third Quarter


  

Fourth Quarter


    

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Interest income

  

$

89,147

  

87,907

  

85,301

  

83,381

Interest expense

  

 

56,649

  

56,056

  

53,010

  

48,774

    

  
  
  

Net interest income

  

 

32,498

  

31,851

  

32,291

  

34,607

Provision for loan losses

  

 

—  

  

—  

  

—  

  

—  

    

  
  
  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

  

 

32,498

  

31,851

  

32,291

  

34,607

Net gain on sale of assets

  

 

1,036

  

2,443

  

2,970

  

3,466

Income from real estate operations

  

 

3,349

  

1,321

  

799

  

6,015

Other non-interest income

  

 

5,474

  

6,737

  

6,323

  

7,185

Non-interest expense

  

 

19,948

  

20,247

  

20,734

  

22,495

    

  
  
  

Income before income taxes

  

 

22,409

  

22,105

  

21,649

  

28,778

Income tax expense

  

 

8,331

  

8,225

  

8,002

  

10,908

    

  
  
  

Net income

  

$

14,078

  

13,880

  

13,647

  

17,870

    

  
  
  

Basic earnings per share

  

$

.61

  

.61

  

.61

  

.79

    

  
  
  

Diluted earnings per share

  

$

.60

  

.60

  

.59

  

.77

    

  
  
  

Cash dividends declared per share

  

$

.10

  

.12

  

.12

  

.12

    

  
  
  

Stock price information:

                     

High

  

$

29.00

  

31.25

  

32.73

  

30.25

Low

  

 

24.81

  

25.69

  

24.30

  

26.10

Close

  

 

27.38

  

30.70

  

28.66

  

29.50

 

101


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

The Board of Directors

MAF Bancorp, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of MAF Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MAF Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Notes 1 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill in 2002.

 

KPMG LLP

 

Chicago, Illinois

January 28, 2003

 

102


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

Information regarding directors of the registrant is included in the registrant’s proxy statement under the heading “Election of Directors” and the information included therein is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding the executive officers of the Company included in this Form 10-K is included in “Item 1. Business.” Information regarding beneficial ownership reporting compliance is included in the Company’s proxy statement under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and the information included therein is incorporated by reference.

 

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

 

Information regarding compensation of executive officers and directors is included in the registrant’s proxy statement under the headings “Directors’ Compensation,” “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table,” “Executive Compensation—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Employment and Special Termination Agreements,” “Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan,” “Option Plans,” and “Long-Term Incentive Plan,” and the information included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included in the Company’s proxy statement under the headings “Voting Securities,” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners,” and “Information With Respect to Nominees, Continuing Directors and Others,” and the information included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is included in the Company’s proxy statement under the heading “Transactions with Certain Related Persons,” and the information included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14.    Controls and Procedures

 

Within the 90 days prior to the date of this report, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation under their supervision, with the participation of other members of management as they deemed appropriate, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as contemplated by Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon, and as of the date of that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective, in all material respects, in timely alerting them to material information relating to the Company (and its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in the periodic reports the Company is required to file and submit to the SEC under the Exchange Act.

 

There have been no significant changes to the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date that the internal

 

103


Table of Contents

controls were most recently evaluated. There were no significant deficiencies or material weaknesses identified in that evaluation and, therefore, no corrective actions were taken.

 

The Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls or our Internal Controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system will take into account resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, any system of controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. However, based on its most recent evaluation of controls, the Company’s management believes it has a reasonable basis to conclude that its system of controls provides reasonable assurances as to the integrity of its financial records and accounts.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a

)  (1)

  

Financial Statements

      

The following consolidated financial statements of the registrant and its subsidiaries are filed as a part of this document under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

      

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

      

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

      

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

      

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

      

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

      

Independent Auditors’ Report.

(a

)  (2)

  

Financial Statement Schedules

      

All schedules are omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a

)  (3)

  

Exhibits

 

104


Table of Contents

The following exhibits are either filed as part of this report or are incorporated herein by reference:

Exhibit No. 2. Plan of Acquisition.

2.1

  

Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. dated
December 16, 2002. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 99.2 to Registrant’s Form 8-K dated
December 17, 2002).

Exhibit No. 3. Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws.

3.1

  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K dated December 19, 2000).

3.2

  

Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 3 to Registrant’s
March 31, 2001 Form 10-Q).

Exhibit No. 10. Material Contracts

10.1

  

Mid America Bank, fsb Management Recognition and Retention Plan and Trust Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s June 30, 1992 Form 10-K).*

10.2

  

MAF Bancorp, Inc. 1990 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s June 30, 1999 Form 10-Q and to Exhibit A to Registrant’s Proxy Statement, dated March 23, 1998, relating to the 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, File No. 0-18121).*

10.3

  

Amendment dated May 23, 2000 to the MAF Bancorp, Inc. 1990 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 2000 Form 10-K).*

10.4

  

MAF Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Amended and Restated Premium Price Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s June 30, 1999 Form 10-Q and to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 1998 Form 10-K).*

10.5

  

Amendment dated May 23, 2000 to the MAF Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Amended and Restated Premium Price Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 2000 Form 10-K).*

10.6

  

Credit Agreement dated as of November 30, 2001, as amended through November 29, 2002, between MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Harris Trust and Savings Bank.

10.7

  

Mid America Federal Savings and Loan Association Deferred Compensation Trust Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s June 30, 1990 Form 10-K).*

10.8

  

Amendment dated May 16, 2001 to the Mid America Bank, fsb Deferred Compensation Trust Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s June 30, 2001 Form 10-Q).*

10.9

  

Mid America Bank, fsb Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 1997 Form 10-K).*

 

105


Table of Contents

10.10

  

Mid America Bank, fsb Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 1997 Form 10-K).*

10.11

  

MAF Bancorp, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s June 30, 1994 Form 10-K).*

10.12

  

Amendment dated January 30, 2001 to the MAF Bancorp, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 2000 Form 10-K).*

10.13

  

MAF Bancorp, Inc. Shareholder Value Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 1999 Form 10-K).*

10.14

  

Amendment dated January 30, 2001 to the MAF Bancorp, Inc. Shareholder Value Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 2000 Form 10-K).*

10.15

  

Mid America Bank, fsb Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 1998 Form 10-K).*

10.16

  

Amendment dated March 27, 2001 to the Mid America Bank, fsb Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s March 31, 2001 Form 10-Q).*

10.17

  

Form of Employment Agreement, as amended, between MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Allen Koranda, Kenneth Koranda and Jerry Weberling.*

10.18

  

Form of Employment Agreement, as amended, between Mid America Bank, fsb and Allen Koranda, Kenneth Koranda and Jerry Weberling.*

10.19

  

Form of Special Termination Agreement, as amended, between MAF Bancorp, Inc., and Kenneth Rusdal and various officers.*

10.20

  

Form of Special Termination Agreement, as amended, between Mid America Bank, fsb, and Kenneth Rusdal and various officers.*

10.21

  

Agreement Regarding Post-Employment Restrictive Covenants between MAF Bancorp, Inc., Mid America Bank, fsb and David C. Burba. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 1998 Form 10-K).*

10.22

  

Amendment dated October 19, 2001 to the Agreement Regarding Post-Employment Restrictive Covenants between MAF Bancorp, Inc., Mid America Bank, fsb and David C. Burba. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 2001 10-K).*

10.23

  

MAF Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Gain Deferral Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s June 30, 1999 Form 10-Q).*

10.24

  

Amendment dated March 27, 2001 to the MAF Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Gain Deferral Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s March 31, 2001 Form 10-Q).*

 

106


Table of Contents

10.25

  

Amendment dated February 26, 2002 to the MAF Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Gain Deferral Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s December 31, 2001 10-K).*

10.26

  

MAF Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Gain Deferral Plan Trust Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s September 30, 1999 Form 10-Q).*

10.27

  

Amendment dated May 16, 2001 to the MAF Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Gain Deferral Plan Trust Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10 to Registrant’s June 30, 2001 Form 10-Q).*

10.28

  

MAF Bancorp, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B filed as part of Registrant’s Proxy Statement dated March 23, 2001, relating to the 2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, File No. 0-18121).*


* Indicates management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as an exhibit.

 

Exhibit No. 11. Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


Net income

  

$

73,971,000

  

59,475,000

  

56,559,000

    

  
  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

  

 

23,162,422

  

22,691,053

  

23,311,135

    

  
  

Basic earnings per share

  

$

3.19

  

2.62

  

2.43

    

  
  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

  

 

23,162,422

  

22,691,053

  

23,311,135

Common stock equivalents due to dilutive effect of stock options

  

 

585,989

  

504,270

  

275,457

    

  
  

Total weighted average common shares and equivalents outstanding for diluted computation

  

 

23,748,411

  

23,195,323

  

23,586,592

    

  
  

Diluted earnings per share

  

$

3.11

  

2.56

  

2.40

    

  
  

 

Exhibit No. 12. Statements re: Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.

Exhibit No. 21. Subsidiaries of the Registrant

    

A list of the Company’s and the Bank’s subsidiaries is included as an exhibit to this report.

Exhibit No. 23. Consent of KPMG LLP

Exhibit No. 24. Power of Attorney (Included on Signature Page)

Exhibit No. 99.1. Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to

    

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Exhibit No. 99.2. Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to

    

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

107


Table of Contents

(b

)

  

Reports on Form 8-K

      

On October 21, 2002, MAF Bancorp, Inc. announced its 2002 third quarter earnings results and a copy of the press release was included as an exhibit.

      

On November 8, 2002, MAF Bancorp, Inc. announced its participation in the Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. Financial Services conference held on November 13, 2002. A copy of the press release was included as an exhibit.

      

On November 27, 2002, MAF Bancorp, Inc. announced its participation in the Lehman Brothers Financial Services conference held on December 2, 2002. A copy of the press release was included as an exhibit.

      

On December 17, 2002, MAF Bancorp, Inc. announced that it has agreed to acquire Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. (“Fidelity”) in an all-stock transaction with a fixed exchange ratio. Copies of the press release and the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among MAF Bancorp, Inc. and Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. dated as of December 16, 2002, were included as exhibits.

      

On December 30, 2002, MAF Bancorp, Inc.’s banking subsidiary, Mid America Bank, fsb announced it reached an agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice to resolve the previously announced investigation by the DOJ into the bank’s home mortgage lending practices during the 1996 to 2000 period. A copy of the press release was included as an exhibit.

 

108


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

MAF BANCORP, INC.


(Registrant)

By:

 

/s/    ALLEN H. KORANDA        


   

Allen H. Koranda
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

 

March 10, 2003


(Date)

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Allen H. Koranda or Kenneth Koranda or either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitutes or substitute may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

By:

 

/s/    ALLEN H. KORANDA        


     

March 10, 2003


   

Allen H. Koranda
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

     

(Date)

By:

 

/s/    JERRY A. WEBERLING


     

March 10, 2003


   

Jerry A. Weberling

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

     

(Date)

By:

 

/s/    Christine Roberg


     

March 10, 2003


   

Christine Roberg
First Vice President
and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

     

(Date)

 

109


Table of Contents

By:

 

/S/    KENNETH KORANDA         


     

March 10, 2003


   

Kenneth Koranda

Vice Chairman of the Board

     

(Date)

By:

 

/S/    ROBERT BOWLES, M.D.         


     

March 10, 2003


   

Robert Bowles, M.D.

Director

     

(Date)

By:

 

/S/    DAVID C. BURBA         


     

March 10, 2003


   

David C. Burba

Director

     

(Date)

By:

 

/S/    TERRY EKL         


     

March 10, 2003


   

Terry Ekl

Director

     

(Date)

By:

 

/S/    HARRIS W. FAWELL         


     

March 10, 2003


   

Harris W. Fawell

Director

     

(Date)

By:

 

/S/    JOE F. HANAUER         


     

March 10, 2003


   

Joe F. Hanauer

Director

     

(Date)

By:

 

/S/    F. WILLIAM TRESCOTT         


     

March 10, 2003


   

F. William Trescott

Director

     

(Date)

By:

 

/S/    LOIS B. VASTO         


     

March 10, 2003


   

Lois B. Vasto

Director

     

(Date)

By:

 

/S/    ANDREW J. ZYCH         


     

March 10, 2003


   

Andrew J. Zych

Director

     

(Date)

 

110


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Allen H. Koranda, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MAF Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

(b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

(c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date: March 10, 2003

 

By:

 

/s/    ALLEN H. KORANDA        


       

Allen H. Koranda

       

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer

 

111


Table of Contents

I, Jerry A. Weberling, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MAF Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

(b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

(c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

7. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date: March 10, 2003

 

By:

 

/s/    JERRY A. WEBERLING        


       

Jerry A. Weberling

       

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

112